AZ Series: Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical Sensor Equipped Motor

AZ Series
Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical

Sensor Equipped Motor
Absolute + Battery-free =
Advanced Positioning
AZ Series
Built-in Battery-Free Absolute Sensor
● Prices start at 68,200 JPY [Price includes motor, driver and cable (1 m)]
The AZ Series has a built-in absolute sensor (patented), which provides a battery-free absolute system.
The drive system uses a . This provides both ease of use and reliability.
● Equipped with absolute sensor. Provides battery-free absolute system
The absolute system

Built-in battery-free No battery management
makes external sensors
mechanical absolute and reduced
unnecessary and
sensor maintenance
reduces wiring
● . Compact, high response, high reliability, high efficiency motors
provides high Monitoring of test

performance, high Simplified programming operation, motor
reliability and saves with simple sequence operating status (alarms,
space function status) is possible
What is the ?
are stepper motor-based motors which provide unique control that are a
hybrid of the advantages of both open loop control and closed loop control. The
motor’s position is always monitored, and it can automatically switch between the two Battery-Free
control types depending on conditions. It normally operates in open loop control, and Absolute Sensor
activates synchronously with commands, providing high responsivity. Under an

overload condition, the motor position is corrected and it operates in the closed loop
control mode. These motors combine ease of use with reliability.
2
AZ Series Product Line
A product line to support a wide variety of equipment, controllers and systems.
Motor Driver
Standard Type Network Compatible Driver FA Network Control
The driver can be controlled directly from

the host control device via the FA network.
Frame Size 20 mm∼85 mm

AC Input DC Input
TS Geared Type
<Spur Gear Mechanism>
Built-in Controller Type I/O Control/
Modbus Control
Low Backlash Positioning data is set to the driver (256 points).
Capable of FA network control when a network
High Speed Operation Frame Size 42 mm∼90 mm converter (sold separately) is used.
Right-Angle FC Geared Type FLEX is the collective name for products that support I/O control, Modbus (RTU)
control and FA network control via network converters.
<Face Gear Mechanism> AC Input DC Input
Low Backlash
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication Pulse Signal Control
Space Saving Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm
Motor position, speed, torque, alarms and
temperature can be monitored using RS-485
PS Geared Type communication.
<Planetary Gear Mechanism> Pulse Input Type
The motor is controlled from the positioning
Low Backlash AC Input DC Input
module (pulse generator).
High Torque
mini Driver FA Network Control/
Shaft Output Modbus Control
HPG Geared Type Flange Output A network compatible driver that is
<Harmonic Planetary®> smaller and lighter than box-type drivers.
Also compatible with battery power
Non-Backlash supplies. DC Input
Details about this product are in the separate mini driver catalog.
High Torque, High Accuracy

Network Compatible Multi-Axis Driver FA Network Control

Harmonic Geared Type This is a multi-axis driver that is
<Harmonic Drive ®> compatible with SSCNET /H,
MECHATROLINK- and EtherCAT
Non-Backlash driver profiles.
It can connect to 2, 3 or 4 axes.
High Torque, High Accuracy DC Input
Frame Size 30 mm∼90 mm Details about this product are in the separate multi-axis driver catalog.
Linear and Rotary Actuators Equipped with AZ Series

Because the same motors and drivers are used, wiring, control and maintenance parts have been standardized, startup time
is reduced and operation is simplified.
Electric Linear Slides Electric Linear Cylinders Hollow Rotary Actuators
EZS Series EAC Series DG Series
EAS Series
EZSH Series
Compact Electric Linear Cylinders Electric Gripper Rack-and-Pinion System

DR Series EH Series L Series
DRS2 Series
● is a patented technology licensed from Beckhoff Automation GmbH (Germany) and is a registered trademark of that company.
● is a registered trademark of ODVA, is a registered trademark of MECHATROLINK Members Association, is a registered trademark of CC-Link Partner Association,
and is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Inc.
● is a registered trademark or trademark of PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V.(PNO) and is a registered trademark or trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
●Harmonic Planetary, Harmonic Drive and are registered trademarks of Harmonic Drive Systems Inc. 3
Equipped with a Newly Developed Absolute Mechanical Sensor,
Advanced Technology is Available at an Affordable Price
Newly Developed Absolute Mechanical Sensor
A newly developed compact, low cost, battery-free absolute mechanical sensor (patented) is developed which
contributes to productivity improvements and cost reductions.
Battery-Free
Equipped with
Multiple - Rotation
Absolute Sensor Absolute (ABZO) Sensor
List Price Starting from JPY 68,200

[The price includes motor, driver, and cable (1 m)]
●Mechanical Sensor
· Basic principles are like an analog clock
Analog clocks measure the current time based on the positions of
the second hand, minute hand and hour hand. The newly
developed sensor is a mechanical sensor equipped with multiple
Minute Hand Second Hand
gears equivalent to the hands on a clock. Because it detects
positioning information by detecting the angles of the respective 9:00:03
gears, a battery is not required.
●Multiple - Rotation Absolute System

Sensor (eye)
Absolute position detection is possible with ±900 rotations (1800
rotations) ✽ of the motor shaft from the home position.
Hour Hand
✽The frame sizes 20 mm and 28 mm are ±450 rotations (900 rotations).
●Home Setting Method

· Home Position Setting
By pressing the switch on the driver surface, home position can
be set simply, and the home position can be saved with the
sensor. Furthermore, it is possible to set the home position using
the support software (MEXE02) or the external input signal.
Home Preset
4
Eliminate Extra Sensors with a
Battery-Free Absolute System
No External Sensors Required
External sensors such as the home sensor or limit sensor are not required with an absolute system.
●High-Speed Return-to-Home + Improved Return-to-Home Accuracy

High speed return-to-home is possible without the use of a home sensor.
Reducing return-to-home time helps to shorten the machine cycle.
Home position accuracy is increased because variations in sensor sensitivity are eliminated.
Previous Home Detection for Control Motor Return-to-Home Operation of AZ Series
The home position is detected by detecting the limit sensor (±LS) and home There is no need to detect the limit sensor, and it can travel directly at high
sensor (HOME). speed to the home position recorded by the absolute sensor.
②
High Speed
Absolute Sensor
① ①
Home Position Recorded

−LS HOME +LS in Absolute Sensor
Start Point High-speed

Return-to-home Start Point return-to-home
takes a long time... shortens the
machine cycle!
① Limit Edge (+LS)
② Over Run the Home Point (HOME)
③ Re-enter the Home Point (HOME) Home
●Decrease Costs
Sensor costs and wiring costs can be reduced.
●Reduced Wiring
Sensor cables are no longer necessary, so the degree of freedom
for equipment design is increased.
●External Sensor Malfunctions Have No Impact

There is no concern about sensor malfunctions (when operating
in environments filled with oil mist or filled with metal pieces due
to metal processing), sensor failures or wire disconnections.
●Software limits on the driver can be used to prevent operation beyond the limits.
5
Battery-Free
Absolute System
Battery-Free
No battery is necessary for a mechanical-type sensor.

Positioning information is managed mechanically by the absolute sensor.
●Operation Resumes Immediately from the

Stopped Position Even After an Emergency Stop Built-in Controller Type
Even if the power shuts down during a positioning operation or
the cable between the motor and the driver is disconnected, the Emergency Stop Can be Restarted
Absolute Sensor
positioning information is retained. With the built-in controller without Returning
type, you can restart the positioning operation, without to Home
performing return-to-home after an emergency stop on the
production line or a blackout.
●Because the positioning information is stored in the Absolute sensor, the home position
must be reset if the motor is replaced.
●No Battery to Replace

· Maintenance
Reduces maintenance time and costs.
Battery-Type AZ Series
●Unlimited Driver Installation
Equipment Installation Electrical Design Equipment Installation Electrical Design
Possibilities
Because there is no need to secure space Replace Battery Maintain Space for Reduced Increased Freedom in
for battery replacement, there are no Every Few Years Battery Replacement Maintenance the Electrical Design
restrictions on the installation location of
Space doesn’t need to be save for
the driver, improving the flexibility and There are limits
battery replacement, so there’s
to the electrical
more freedom in the electrical
freedom of the layout design of the design...
design!
control cabinet. Replacing the No battery is
battery is needed, so
difficult... maintenance is
reduced!
●Safe for Overseas Shipping

Normal batteries will self-discharge, so · Overseas Shipping
care must be taken when the equipment
Battery-Type AZ Series
requires a long shipping time, such as
when being sent overseas. The absolute Boat Shipping Air Shipping Boat Shipping Air Shipping
sensor does not require a battery, so
there is no limit as to how long the Battery Discharges Must Check Battery Position Information Retained No Problems with
positioning information is maintained. In During Shipping Export Restrictions Even After Arrival Batteries
addition, there is no need to worry about
Resetting Necessary After Arrival
various safety regulations, which must be
taken into consideration when shipping a I’m worried about how
I’m worried about
There’s no
long the battery can battery, so it is
battery overseas. hold its charge during
battery restrictions
safe for overseas
for air freight...
shipping... shipping!
6
Features of
Hybrid Control Allows for Control that is Both Easier to Use and More Accurate
is a stepper motor-based series of motors with a unique hybrid control system that combines the
advantages of both open loop and closed loop control.
The motor position is constantly monitored and control is switched to one of the two types depending on the
situation.
●The Control is Normally Open Loop, and Provides Ease ●Control Switches to Closed Loop During a Overload,
of Use Similar to a Stepper Motor Allowing for More Reliable Operation
Normal (Open loop control) Overload Condition (Closed loop control)

Normally, the motor operation is monitored and controlled using open loop. If there is a discrepancy between the command and motor position due to overload, etc.,
the system switches immediately to closed loop control. This quickly corrects the position.
Input Pulse Command
Input Pulse Command

Excitation Sequence Control
Input Input
Excitation Sequence Control

Counter A difference
Counter
between
Output Component
Output Component
command and
Deviation Motor motor position
Deviation Motor
Counter No difference
Counter occurs
between
command and Sensor
Sensor
motor position
Rotor Constantly Rotor Constantly
Position Monitored
Position Motor Position Monitored
Correction
High Response Continues Operation Even with Sudden Load Fluctuation

By utilizing the high and Sudden Acceleration
responsiveness of the It operates synchronously with commands using open loop control during
stepper motor, moving a Pulse Command normal conditions. In an overload condition, it switches immediately to
short distance for a short closed loop control to correct the position.
time is possible. The motors Operates
can execute commands Synchronously Alarm Signal Output in Case of Abnormality
with Commands Motor Operation Waveform
without lagging. If an overload is applied continuously, an alarm signal is output. When the
Motor Operation Waveform
positioning is complete, an END signal is output. This ensures the same
level of reliability as a servo motor.
Holding the Stop Position without Hunting

During positioning, the motor stops with its own holding force without
hunting. Because of this, it is ideal for applications where the low rigidity of ●Smooth Operation Even at Low Speed
the mechanism requires absence of vibration upon stopping. Thanks to the standard microstep drive and smooth drive function ✽,
vibration is reduced even at low speed and the motor can move objects
Tuning-Free smoothly.
Because it is normally operated with open loop control, positioning is still ✽The smooth drive function automatically microsteps based on the same traveling amount and speed
possible without gain adjustment even when the load fluctuates etc. due to used in the full step mode, without changing the pulse input settings.
the use of a belt mechanism, cam or chain drive, etc.
Power Saving, Low Heat Generation

High-efficiency motors reduce heat generation and save energy.
●Significantly Reduced Heat Generation ●Power Consumption and CO2
Emissions 47% Less than
Conventional Products
(Compared to other Oriental Motors
products)
· Temperature Distribution by Thermography · Motor Surface Temperature during
Operation Under the Same Operating · CO2 Emissions
600
Conditions
500
120
CO2 Emissions [kg]
CO2 emissions
400
100 Reduced 47%
300
Temperature [°C]
80 200
60 100
0
40
AZM66AC Conventional Product AZM66AC
Conventional Product
Conventional Product ❉ Operating Conditions
20
AZM66AC
· Speed: 1000 r/min
0 · Load Factor: 50%
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 · Operating Time: 24 hours of operation, 365 days
Comparison under the same conditions. Time [min] · Operation Conditions: 70% operating, 25% stand-by, 5% off
· Power Supply Voltage: Single-Phase 200-240 VAC
· CO2 Coefficient: 0.519 kg-CO2/kWh
7
Driver Types
AC : Single-Phase 100-120 VAC, Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC Input
DC : 24/48 VDC Input
Driver Type (Driver type names)
Interface
Single-Axis Driver mini Driver Multi-Axis Driver
AC DC DC DC
EtherCAT EtherCAT EtherCAT
Drive Profile Compatible ✽1 Drive Profile Compatible ✽1 Drive Profile Compatible ✽1
AC DC DC
EtherNet/IP Compatible EtherNet/IP Compatible
AC DC DC
PROFINET Compatible PROFINET Compatible
AC DC DC
MECHATROLINK- Compatible RS-485 Communication Type ✽2 MECHATROLINK- Compatible
AC DC
SSCNET /H Compatible SSCNET /H Compatible
AC DC DC
Built-in Controller Type ✽2 RS-485 Communication Type ✽2
AC DC DC
Built-in Controller Type RS-485 Communication Type
AC DC
Pulse Pulse Input Type
Pulse Input Type with
RS-485 Communication
AC DC
I/O
Built-in Controller Type
❉1 EtherCAT drive profile compatible drivers have passed the official EtherCAT conformance test.
❉2 Control using CC-Link and MECHATROLINK is possible when used with an optional network converter (gateway).
8
Single-Axis Driver
A wide variety of interface types and power supply input types are available.
AC input drivers can create high torque, which contributes to a reduction in positioning time.
Compact DC input drivers contribute to saving installation space and making equipment smaller
and lighter.
Consider the purpose and application when selecting.
Network Compatible Driver

These are compatible with the major industrial networks used around the globe.
This helps with centralized management of equipment information and reduced wiring. AC DC
Compatible interfaces: EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, MECHATROLINK- , SSCNET /H, Modbus (RTU)
Built-in Controller Type When Controlling When Controlling When Controlling with When Controlling
with I/O from Computer or Serial Communication with FA Network
· The operating data, such as position or speed, is set Touch Screen
in the driver, and is then selected and executed from CPU Positioning
Unit Not
CPU
Power
CPU
Serial Communication FA Network
Power Supply Power Supply Supply
the I/O unit. A maximum of 256 points of operating I/O Necessary Unit Unit
data can be registered.
· Control can be performed using I/O, Modbus (RTU) or

a network converter (gateway). When used with a FA Network
network converter, control via CC-Link is possible. I/O Modbus (RTU) Modbus (RTU) Network
Converter (Sold separately)
RS-485
Because the driver has the information necessary for motor operation, the burden on the host PLC is reduced. When using multi-axis
control, the system configuration is simplified. Setting can be performed using the support software or RS-485 communication.
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication Pulse Input Type

Operation is executed according to the pulse signal input to the driver. Operation is executed according to the pulse signal
Motor status information (position, speed, torque, alarms and temperature) input to the driver. Alarm history can be checked and
can be monitored using RS-485 communication. various conditions can be monitored with the support
software MEXE02.
When Controlling
from Computeror Position & Speed CPU
Touch Screen Power
Pulse Input I/O Position & Speed
CPU Supply Positioning
Power Serial Communication Unit
Supply Unit
Positioning
Pulse Input
Unit
Modbus (RTU)
Motor Status Information
mini Driver Modular Automation Compatible Products

Multi-Axis Driver
Compact and lightweight design was pursued. Can be installed in Multiple axes (max. 4 axes) can be controlled with a single driver.
narrow spaces. The host control device and power supply connections have been
The broad voltage specifications that can be used with a battery consolidated into a single driver, which contributes to space and
power supply make this suitable for integration into self-powered reduced wiring.
equipment.
“Modular Automation Compatible Products” are a group of products based on the shared
concept of battery operation, compact size and lightweight. Ideal for installation in
self-propelled equipment and mobile facilities, they contribute to the creation of flexible
automation lines and modular automation, which will see increasing demand in the future.
●Please refer to the appropriate separate catalog for details about the products.
9
Easy Setup and Convenient MEXE02
Support Software MEXE02
The support software MEXE02 can be
Functions of the AZ Series. downloaded from the Oriental Motor
website.
AZ Series
Easy Setting and Easy Operation

The support software MEXE02 can be used for basic settings such as editing operation data and setting parameters.
In addition, the sequence function allows for advanced motions using simple inputs.
● Unit Setting Wizard ● Creation of Recovery Data Files

This is a function that allows the traveling amount, speed, etc. to be A file that contains the product’s settings at time of shipping is created
displayed and input in the designated units. Display and settings can initially for use when the product is replaced for maintenance or during
be made in the units (mm, deg) that match the mechanism that is being a breakdown.
used, eliminating the need for unit conversion and simplifying the input Make sure that a recovery file is created when using linear & rotary
of operating data. actuators.
Recovery Data File

Information can be read from the
recovery data file if the product
is replaced or damaged
● Simplified Main Program Thanks to the Sequence Function

For the AZ Series, stored data operation includes a wide variety of
sequence functions such as linked operation, timer settings between
operations, conditional branching and loop counts.
Sequence programming of the host system can be simplified.
● Number of Positioning Operation Data Sets (Up to 256)
● General-Purpose I/O Signal Counts (Input 10, output 6)
● Communication I/O Signal Counts (Input 16, output 16)
START
Stored Data
Operation
Output
Positioning Operation ①
External Device
Wait Time Setting
Input
Condition Setting External Sensor
Repetition Count
Setting
Positioning Operation ②
END
10
Test Function
This function enables stand-alone operation of a motor or checking the connection to the host system.
Using this function at equipment startup can lead to shotening the time needed.
● Teaching and Remote Operation On startup ● I/O Tests On startup For operation
Data setting software can be used to easily perform the home setting and Input monitors can be monitored and output signals can be deliberately
also drive the motor. Teaching and test operation can be performed before output. This function is useful when checking the wiring to the host system
connecting to the host system, which contributes to reduce startup time of and for remote I/O operation.
the equipment.
Simple Status
Monitoring
Test Operation
Teaching
JOG Operation
FREE Operation
Various Monitoring Functions

● Waveform Monitoring On startup ● Alarm Monitoring On startup
The operating status of the motor and output signals used to can be When an abnormality occurs, the details of the abnormality, the operating
monitored using an oscilloscope-like image. This can be used for equipment status at the time of the occurrence, and the solution can be checked.
start-up and adjustment.
● Status Monitor On startup ● Multi-Monitoring Compatible

In addition to being able to monitor the speed, motor, driver Multiple setting screens such as data setting, test operation and
temperature, and load factor during operations, the integrating rotation monitoring can be opened and used simultaneously on separate
amount, etc. can be monitored from the start of use. The signal for screens. This makes equipment startup and adjustment easier to carry
each item can be output at your discretion, which leads to effective out.
maintenance.
① Detects the actual position

with respect to the
command position.
①
② ② Detects the actual speed
③ with respect to the
command speed.
③ Detects the temperature of
④ the motor encoder and
driver.
④ Displays the current load

factor with the output
torque at the rotation speed
at 100%.
11
Product Line of AZ Series AC : Single-Phase 100-120 VAC, Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC Input
Motor DC : 24/48 VDC Input
Frame Size
Electromagnetic
Type 85 mm
Brake 20 mm 28 mm✽6 42 mm✽2 60 mm
90 mm✽4
✽1 ✽1
Standard
Not equipped DC DC AC DC AC DC AC
Motor Shaft Type

Round with a Flat/Straight/Keyed ✽3 ✽3 ✽5
Motor Cable Shape Equipped AC DC AC DC AC

Horizontal Cable Outlet
TS Geared
(Spur gear mechanism) Not equipped AC DC AC DC AC
Cable Outlet Direction Can be Selected

Bottom/Top/Right/Left
Low Gear Ratio, High Speed Operation Equipped AC DC AC DC AC

Gear Ratio: 3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30
Right-Angle
Low Backlash
FC Geared Not equipped AC DC AC DC

(Face gear mechanism)
Right-Angle Gear for Positioning Equipped AC DC AC DC

Gear Ratio: 7.2, 10, 20, 30
✽1
PS Geared
(Planetary gear mechanism) Not equipped DC AC DC AC DC AC
Gear Ratios for Selecting the Desired Step Angle Equipped AC DC AC DC AC

Gear Ratio: 5, 7.2, 10, 25, 36, 50
HPG Geared
(Harmonic Planetary®) Not equipped AC DC AC DC AC
Shaft Output
Non-Backlash
High Positioning Accuracy Equipped AC DC AC DC AC

Gear Ratio: 5, 9, 15 Flange Output
✽1
Harmonic Geared Type
(Harmonic drive) Not equipped DC AC DC AC DC AC
High Positioning Accuracy Equipped AC DC AC DC AC

Gear Ratio: 50, 100
✽1 24 VDC only ✽2 HPG Geared Type is 40 mm ✽3 AZM46 only ✽4 Geared Type only ✽5 AZM98 only ✽6 Harmonic Geared Type is 30 mm
Note Please use the above values as reference to see the differences between each type. These values vary depending on the motor frame size and gear ratio.
Geared motors, which have been pre-assembled with gears, are offered as variants of the AZ Series.
Based on torque, accuracy (backlash) and price, the optimal type can be selected from the various geared motors.
Performance (Torque/Backlash)
High Accuracy
Shaft Output Flange Output
High Torque
High Accuracy
Harmonic Geared Type
High Torque
High Torque HPG Geared Type
Space Saving
Low Cost PS Geared Type
Right-Angle FC Geared Type
TS Geared Type
Prices
12
Driver
Permissible Torque and

Backlash Output Shaft Speed
Max. Instantaneous Torque Basic Resolution Type
[arcmin] [r/min]
[N·m]
Network Compatible
Max. Holding
Torque
0.36 6000
4
AC DC
Permissible Torque
Maximum Instantaneous Torque
25 45 10 0.012 833
Built-in Controller
Permissible Torque AC DC
10.5 10 0.012 416
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication

Pulse Input
Permissible Torque
37 60 7 0.0072 600
AC DC
mini Driver
Permissible Torque
24 33 3 0.024 900
DC
Network Compatible Multi-Axis Driver
Permissible Torque
52 107 0 0.0036 70
DC
●Standard Type ●Standard Type Horizontal Cable Outlet ●TS Geared Type
Selection of Motor Shaft Shape Selection of Cable Outlet
Recommended when
Direction
✽Frame sizes 20 mm and 28 mm are only available with round shaft installing a motor in tight
with a flat
✽For frame size 42 mm, only the AZM48 has a keyed shaft
spaces or when motor Four directions can be selected for
cables may interfere with the output shaft.
the equipment.
✽DC input Frame sizes 42 mm and 60 mm only
Round Shaft Straight Type 69 mm

with Flat Up
13 mm Down
With Key Horizontal Cable Outlet Conventional Product
Left Right
13
AZ Series AC Input
■System Configuration
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Built-in Controller Type or Pulse Input Type
Driver with RS-485 Communication
An example of a configuration using RS-485 communication or I/O control with a built-in controller type driver is shown below.
Motors, drivers, and connection cable sets/flexible connection cable sets need to be ordered individually.
Not supplied
Please purchase as necessary Cables for DC Power Supplies
Not supplied. ➜ Page 142
Driver
24 VDC Power Supply
(For control)
Motor
Connection Cable Set ➜ Page 132
For Electromagnetic Brake
For Encoder
For Motor
Cables for AC Power Supplies

Support Software MEXE02 ➜ Page 142
AC Power Supply
(Main power supply)
Not supplied.
●Support software MEXE02 can be downloaded USB Cable
from the website.
The connection method to the host device can be selected from

three types: I/O control, FA network control or Modbus control. Cables for I/O Signals ➜ Page 139
When Controlling I/O
Host Control Device
Network Converters
➜ Page 147 RS-485 Communication Cables ➜ Page 140
When using FA Network Control
FLEX Communication Cables ➜ Page 141

When using Modbus Control
Peripheral Equipment For Motors ➜ Page 144 Peripheral Equipment For Drivers ➜ Page 146
Motor Mounting Brackets Flexible Couplings Regeneration Units Mounting Brackets for Circuit Products Connector Cover
$$Example of System Configuratio

Cables Peripheral Equipment
Motor Driver Connection Cable Cables for I/O Signals Motor Mounting Mounting Brackets
Flexible Couplings
Set (1 m) Connector Type (1 m) Brackets for Circuit Products
AZM66MC AZD-CD CC010VZFB CC24D010C-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MADP06
$$The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are also available.
Note
$The
$ motor cable and electromagnetic brake cable from the motor cannot be connected directly to the driver. When connecting to a driver, use a connection cable.
14
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Pulse Input Type Driver
Configuration
An example of a single-axis system configuration with a programmable controller (equipped with pulse oscillation function) is shown below.
System
Not supplied
Not supplied. ➜ Page 142
Driver
Product Line
24 VDC Power Supply
(For control)
Motor
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
For Encoder
For Motor
Dimensions
AC Power Supply
and Operation
(Main power supply)
Connection
Not supplied.
USB Cable
●Support software MEXE02 can be downloaded
from the website.
Cables for I/O Signals ➜ Page 139
Configuration
Host Control Device
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Motor Driver Connection Cable Cable Connector Type for Motor Mounting Mounting Brackets
Flexible Couplings
Set (1 m) I/O Signals (1 m) Brackets for Circuit Products
AZM66MC AZD-C CC010VZFB CC24D010C-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MADP06
Dimensions
Note
$The
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
15
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Network Compatible Driver
An example of a configuration using I/O control or EtherNet/IP with an EtherNet/IP compatible driver is shown below.
Not supplied
Not supplied.
➜ Page 142
Driver
24 VDC Power Supply
(For control)
Motor
For Encoder
For Motor

AC Power Supply
(Main power supply)
Not supplied.
USB Cable
from the website.

Host Control Device
Not supplied.
EtherNet/IP Communication Cables

Flexible Couplings
AZM66MC AZD-CEP CC010VZFB CC24D010C-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MADP06
Note
$The
16
■Product Number
Configuration
System
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type
AZM 6 6 A 0 C ① Motor Type

Motor Frame Size
AZM: AZ Series Motor
4: 42 mm (HPG geared type is 40 mm)
② 6: 60 mm
Product Line
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 9: 85 mm (Geared type is 90 mm)
③ Motor Case Length
◇PS,
◇ HPG, Harmonic Geared Type
④ Output Shaft Type A: Single Shaft M: Type with Electromagnetic Brake
AZM 6 6 A C - HP 15 F ⑤
⑥
Additional Function✽
Motor Type
0: Straight 1: With Key
C: AC Input Specification
① ② ③ ④ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ PS: PS Geared Type
Specifications and
Geared Type
Characteristics
⑦ HP: HPG Geared Type
AC Input
HS: Harmonic Geared Type
⑧ Gear Ratio
Output Shaft Type HPG Geared Type
⑨
Blank: Shaft Output F: Flange Output
✽✽Standard type products without an additional function number have a round shaft with a single
Dimensions
flat specification.
◇TS
◇ Geared Type
AZM 6 6 A C - TS 7.2 U
① Motor Type AZM: AZ Series Motor
Motor Frame Size 4: 42 mm
② 6: 60 mm
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 9: 90 mm
and Operation
Connection
④ Output Shaft Type A: Single Shaft M: Type with Electromagnetic Brake
⑤ Motor Type C: AC Input Specification
⑥ Geared Type TS: TS Geared Type
⑦ Gear Ratio
⑧ Cable Outlet Direction U: Up L: Left R: Right
Configuration
System
◇FC
◇ Geared Type
AZM 6 6 A C - FC 7.2 U A ①
②
Motor Type
Motor Frame Size
4: 42 mm 6: 60 mm
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ④ Output Shaft Type A: Single Shaft M: Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Product Line
⑤ Motor Type C: AC Input Specification
⑥ Geared Type FC: FC Geared Type
⑦ Gear Ratio
Cable Outlet
⑧ D: Down U: Up
Direction✽
⑨ Identification A: Solid Shaft
Specifications and
Characteristics
✽ cable direction is as viewed from the gearhead with the output shaft facing left.
✽The
DC Input
Cable
Output Shaft Output Shaft

Gearhead Gearhead
Cable
Dimensions
Cable Down Cable Up
$Driver
$
AZD - C D ①
②
Driver Type
Power Supply Input
AZD: AZ Series Driver
A: Single-Phase 100-120 VAC
C: Single-Phase/ Three-Phase 200-240 VAC
and Operation
① ② ③
Connection
Product Line D: Built-in Controller Type

X: Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication
Blank: Pulse Input Type
EP: EtherNet/IP compatible
③
ED: EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible
PN: PROFINET compatible
M3: MECHATROLINK- compatible
S3: SSCNET /H compatible
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$Connection
$ Cable Sets/Flexible Connection Cable Sets
CC 050 V Z F B ①
Length
CC: Cable
005: 0.5 m 010: 1 m 015: 1.5 m 020: 2 m
② 025: 2.5 m 030: 3 m 040: 4 m 050: 5 m
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 070: 7 m 100: 10 m 150: 15 m 200: 20 m
③ Reference Number
④ Applicable Model Z: For AZ Series
Cable Type F: Connection Cable Sets
⑤
R: Flexible Connection Cable Sets
Description Blank: Without Electromagnetic Brake
⑥
B: With Electromagnetic Brake
17
■Product Line
Motors, drivers, and connection cables must be ordered
individually.
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type ◇Standard
◇ Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Frame Size Product Name Frame Size Product Name
AZM46AC AZM46MC
42 mm
AZM46A0C AZM46M0C
42 mm AZM48AC AZM66MC
AZM48A0C AZM66M0C
AZM48A1C AZM66M1C
60 mm
AZM66AC AZM69MC
AZM66A0C AZM69M0C
AZM66A1C AZM69M1C
60 mm
AZM69AC AZM98MC
AZM69A0C 85 mm AZM98M0C
AZM69A1C AZM98M1C
AZM98AC
AZM98A0C
AZM98A1C
85 mm
AZM911AC
AZM911A0C
AZM911A1C
◇TS
◇ Geared Type ◇◇TS Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake
AZM46AC-TS3.6 AZM46MC-TS3.6
AZM46AC-TS3.6R AZM46MC-TS3.6R
AZM46AC-TS3.6U AZM46MC-TS3.6U
AZM46AC-TS3.6L AZM46MC-TS3.6L
AZM46AC-TS10 AZM46MC-TS10
AZM46AC-TS10R AZM46MC-TS10R
42 mm 42 mm
AZM46AC-TS10U AZM46MC-TS10U
AZM46AC-TS10L AZM46MC-TS10L
60 mm 60 mm
18
Configuration
System
◇TS
◇ Geared Type ◇◇TS Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
90 mm 90 mm
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
◇FC
◇ Geared Type ◇FC
◇ Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Configuration
System
AZM46AC-FC7.2UA AZM46MC-FC7.2UA
AZM46AC-FC7.2DA AZM46MC-FC7.2DA
AZM46AC-FC10UA AZM46MC-FC10UA
AZM46AC-FC10DA AZM46MC-FC10DA
42 mm 42 mm
Product Line
AZM66AC-FC7.2UA AZM66MC-FC7.2UA
AZM66AC-FC7.2DA AZM66MC-FC7.2DA
Specifications and
60 mm 60 mm
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
◇PS
◇ Geared Type ◇◇PS Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake
and Operation

Connection
AZM46AC-PS5 AZM46MC-PS5
AZM46AC-PS7.2 AZM46MC-PS7.2
42 mm 42 mm
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
60 mm 60 mm
90 mm 90 mm
19
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type ◇‌◇HPG Geared Type with
Electromagnetic Brake
AZM46AC-HP5 AZM46MC-HP5
AZM46AC-HP5F AZM46MC-HP5F
40 mm 40 mm
60 mm 60 mm
90 mm 90 mm
◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type ◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type with
Electromagnetic Brake
AZM46AC-HS50 AZM46MC-HS50
42 mm 42 mm
60 mm 60 mm
90 mm 90 mm
$Driver
$
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type ◇Pulse
◇ Input Type with RS-485 Communication
Power Supply Input Product Name Power Supply Input Product Name
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AD Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AX
Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CD Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CX
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type ◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-A Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AEP
Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-C Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CEP
◇EtherCAT
◇ Drive Profile compatible ◇PROFINET
◇ compatible
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AED Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-APN
Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CED Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CPN
◇MECHATROLINK-
◇ compatible ◇SSCNET
◇ /H compatible
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AM3 Single-Phase 100-120 VAC AZD-AS3
Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CM3 Single-Phase/Three-Phase 200-240 VAC AZD-CS3
$Connection
Use the flexible connection cable set in applications where the cable is bent and flexed. Extension cables and flexible extension cables are
also available. Refer to page 132.
20
■Included Items
Configuration
System
$Motor
$ $Driver
$
Included Items Included Items
Parallel Key Motor Installation Screw Connector
Type Type
Round Shaft with Flat • − Built-in Controller Type ·· For CN1 (1 piece)
Standard Type Straight Type − − RS-485 Communication ·· For CN4 (1 piece)
Product Line
With Key 1 Piece − Pulse Input Type ·· For CN5 (1 piece)
Frame Size 42 mm − − Pulse Input Type ·· Connector Wiring Lever (1 piece)
TS Geared Type Frame Size 60 mm 1 Piece M4×60 P0.7 (4 screws) EtherCAT Drive ·· For CN1 (1 piece)
Frame Size 90 mm 1 Piece M8×90 P1.25 (4 screws) Profile compatible ·· For CN4 (1 piece)
FC Geared Type 1 Piece − EtherNet/IP compatible ·· For CN7 (1 piece)
PS Geared Type 1 Piece − PROFINET compatible ·· Connector Wiring Lever (1 piece)
Specifications and
Characteristics
Shaft Output 1 Piece −
·· For CN1 (1 piece)
AC Input
HPG Geared Type
Flange Output − − ·· For CN4 (1 piece)
Harmonic Geared Type 1 Piece − MECHATROLINK- compatible ·· For CN5 (1 piece)
SSCNET /H compatible ·· For CN6 (1 piece)
·· Connector Wiring Lever (1 piece)
·· Connector Cap for CN7 A, CN7 B (2 pieces)✽
Dimensions
✽✽ SSCNET /H compatible included.
■List of Combinations
Product Line Type Product Name
AZM46 ■ ■ C, AZM48A ■ C
and Operation
AZM66 ■ ■ C, AZM69 ■ ■ C
Connection
Standard Type
AZM98 ■ ■ C, AZM911A ■ C
AZM46 ■ C-TS □ ■
TS Geared Type AZM66 ■ C-TS □ ■
AZM98 ■ C-TS □ ■
AZM46 ■ C-FC □ ■ A
FC Geared Type
AZM66 ■ C-FC □ ■ A
Configuration
Motor
System
AZM46 ■ C-PS □
PS Geared Type AZM66 ■ C-PS □
AZM98 ■ C-PS □
AZM46 ■ C-HP □ ■
HPG Geared Type AZM66 ■ C-HP □ ■
AZM98 ■ C-HP □ ■
Product Line
AZM46 ■ C-HS □
Harmonic Geared Type AZM66 ■ C-HS □
AZM98 ■ C-HS □
Specifications and
AZD-AD, AZD-CD
Characteristics
DC Input
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication AZD-AX, AZD-CX
Pulse Input Type AZD-A, AZD-C
EtherNet/IP compatible AZD-AEP, AZD-CEP
Driver
EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible AZD-AED, AZD-CED
PROFINET compatible AZD-APN, AZD-CPN
MECHATROLINK- compatible AZD-AM3, AZD-CM3
Dimensions
SSCNET /H compatible AZD-AS3, AZD-CS3

For Motor/Encoder: CC◇◇◇VZF
Connection Cable Set For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake:
and Operation
CC◇◇◇VZFB
Connection
Connection Cable Sets/

Flexible Connection Cable Sets For Motor/Encoder: CC◇◇◇VZR
Flexible Connection Cable Sets For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake:
CC◇◇◇VZRB
$A
$ letter or number indicating the following types is specified where the symbol is located in the product name.
■ : Output Shaft Configuration
■ : Additional Function
Equipment
Peripheral
□: Gear Ratio
Cables/
■ : Cable Outlet Direction

■ : Output Shaft Type
◇: Cable Length
21
■Estimated Output of AZ Series
For the servo motor’s output (W), the output (W) when rotating at rated speed is shown in rated output power.
For high positioning accuracy, the mid- to low-speed, high-torque AZ Series has no rated speed, so no rated output power is
displayed.
The rated torque values of servo motors of various wattages that the torque of an AZ Series standard type motor is equivalent to are shown
in the table below as reference.
AZ Series (Standard type) Servo Motor of Equivalent Rated

Torque (Reference)
Frame Size Product Name
AZM46
42 mm 50∼100 W Rated Torque Equivalent
AZM48
AZM66 100∼200 W Rated Torque Equivalent
60 mm
AZM69 200∼400 W Rated Torque Equivalent
AZM98
85 mm 400∼750 W Rated Torque Equivalent
AZM911
✽ examples show the total amount for a motor, driver, and 1 m connection cable.
✽The
$$Frame Size 42 mm $$Frame Size 60 mm $$Frame Size 85 mm

1.0 2.5 4.5
AZM46 AZM66 AZM98
4.0
AZM48 AZM69 AZM911
0.8 2.0 3.5
Servo Motor 50 W (Rated torque) Servo Motor 200 W (Rated torque) Servo Motor 400 W (Rated torque)
Servo Motor 100 W (Rated torque) Servo Motor 400 W (Rated torque) 3.0 Servo Motor 750 W (Rated torque)
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6 1.5
2.5
2.0
0.4 1.0
1.5
0.2 0.5 1.0

0.5
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Speed [r/min] Speed [r/min] Speed [r/min]
$Data
$ for the speed – torque characteristics is based on Oriental Motor's internal measurement conditions. If the conditions are changed, the characteristics may also change as a result.
22
Standard Type
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm, 85 mm
System
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46A □C AZM48A □C AZM66A □C AZM69A □C AZM98A □C AZM911A □C
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46M □C − AZM66M □C AZM69M □C AZM98M □C −
Product Line
Driver Product Name AZD-A ■ , AZD-C ■
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.3 0.77 1.2 2 2 4
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 0.15 0.38 0.6 1 1 2
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.15 − 0.6 1 1 −
55×10-7 370×10-7 740×10-7 1090×10-7
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 115×10-7 2200×10-7
(71×10-7)✽1 (530×10-7)✽1 (900×10-7)✽1 (1250×10-7)✽1
Specifications and
Characteristics
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R ✽2 0.36˚/Pulse
AC Input
Power Supply Input
Check “ ■ Driver Specifications” on page 34 for the driver current when combined with a motor.
Control Power Supply
$Either
$ 0 (Straight) or 1 (With key) indicating the additional function is specified where the box □ is located in the product name. (AZM46 is straight only)
For round shaft with single flat, there is no character in the box □.
A letter indicating the driver type is specified where the box ■ is located in the product name. Check “■ List of Combinations” on page 21 for driver product names.
✽ The value inside the ( ) represents the value when connecting an electromagnetic brake motor.
✽1
Dimensions
✽ For SSCNET /H compatible drivers, the resolution is fixed at 10,000 P/R.
✽2
■Speed – Torque Characteristics (Reference values)

AZM46 AZM48 AZM66
0.4 1.0 1.5
and Operation
Connection
0.8
0.3
1.0
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.1
Configuration
0.2
System
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Pulse Speed [kHz] Pulse Speed [kHz] Pulse Speed [kHz]
(Resolution setting: 1000 P/R) (Resolution setting: 1000 P/R) (Resolution setting: 1000 P/R)
Product Line
AZM69 AZM98 AZM911
3 3 5
2 2
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Specifications and
Characteristics
2
1 1
DC Input
1
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Dimensions
Note
$Data
$Depending
$ on the driving conditions, a considerable amount of heat may be generated by the motor. To protect the absolute sensor, be sure to keep the temperature of the motor case at 80˚C or less.
(When conforming to the UL or CSA Standards, the temperature of the motor case must be kept at 75˚C or less since the motor is recognized as heat-resistant class A.)
$For
$ SSCNET /H compatible drivers, the resolution is fixed at 10,000 P/R.
and Operation
Connection
■Explanation of Terminology in Specifications Table

Max. holding torque : ‌This is the max. holding torque (holding force) the motor has when power is supplied (at rated current) but the motor is not rotating. (With geared
types, the value of holding torque considers the permissible strength of the gear.)
Permissible torque : This is the max. value of the torque continuously applied to the output gear shaft.
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
Max. instantaneous torque : This is the max. torque that can be applied to the output gear shaft during acceleration/deceleration such when an inertial load is started and
stopped.
Holding torque at motor standstill While power is on : This is the holding torque when the automatic current cutback function is active.
Electromagnetic brake : This is the static friction torque when the electromagnetic brake is activated at standstill. (Electromagnetic brake is power
off activated type.)
23
TS Geared Type Frame Size 42 mm
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46AC-TS3.6 □ AZM46AC-TS7.2 □ AZM46AC-TS10 □ AZM46AC-TS20 □ AZM46AC-TS30 □
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MC-TS3.6 □ AZM46MC-TS7.2 □ AZM46MC-TS10 □ AZM46MC-TS20 □ AZM46MC-TS30 □
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.65 1.2 1.7 2 2.3
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 55×10-7 (71×10-7)✽1
Gear Ratio 3.6 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R ✽2 0.1˚/Pulse 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 0.65 1.2 1.7 2 2.3
Maximum
N·m 0.85 1.6 2 3
Instantaneous Torque
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 0.54 1 1.5 1.9 2.2
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.54 1 1.5 1.9 2.2
Permissible Speed Range r/min 0∼833 0∼416 0∼300 0∼150 0∼100
Backlash arcmin 45 (0.75˚) 25 (0.42˚) 15 (0.25˚)
Power Supply Input
$Either
$ R (Right), U (Up), or L (Left) indicating the cable outlet direction is specified where the box □ is located in the product name. For down, there is no character in the box □.
✽1
✽2

AZM46 Gear Ratio 3.6 AZM46 Gear Ratio 7.2 AZM46 Gear Ratio 10
1.0 2.0 2.5
Maximum Instantaneous Torque Maximum Instantaneous Torque
0.8 2.0
1.5 Permissible Torque
Permissible Torque
Permissible Torque
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6 1.5
1.0
0.4 1.0
0.5
0.2 0.5
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
AZM46 Gear Ratio 20 AZM46 Gear Ratio 30

4 4

3 3
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible Torque
Permissible Torque
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Speed [r/min] Speed [r/min]
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Pulse Speed [kHz] Pulse Speed [kHz]
(Resolution setting: 1000 P/R) (Resolution setting: 1000 P/R)
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
24
TS Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 60 mm
System
■Specifications
Motor Product Name
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 1.8 3 4 5 6
Gear Ratio 3.6 7.2 10 20 30
Permissible Torque N·m 1.8 3 4 5 6
Specifications and
Characteristics
Max. Instantaneous
AC Input
N·m ✽ 4.5 6 8 10
Torque✽
Holding Torque at Power ON
N·m 1.3 2.6 3.7 5 6
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 1.3 2.6 3.7 5 6
Backlash arcmin 35 (0.59˚) 15 (0.25˚) 10 (0.17˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
$Either
✽ For the geared motor output torque, refer to the speed–torque characteristics.
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
3.0 6 8
Configuration
2.5 5
6
System
2.0 Permissible Torque 4
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible Torque Permissible Torque

1.5 3 4
1.0 2
2
0.5 1
Product Line
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Specifications and
Characteristics
10 12
DC Input
Maximum Instantaneous Torque 10
8
8
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6
6
4
4
Dimensions
2
2
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
and Operation
Connection
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
25
■Specifications
Motor Product Name
Max. Holding Torque N·m 6 10 14 20 25
Gear Ratio 3.6 7.2 10 20 30
Permissible Torque N·m 6 10 14 20 25
Max. Instantaneous
N·m ✽ ✽ 20 ✽ 45
Torque✽
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 3.6 7.2 10 20 25
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 3.6 7.2 10 20 25
Backlash arcmin 25 (0.42˚) 15 (0.25˚) 10 (0.17˚)
Power Supply Input
$Either
✽1
✽2

10 16 25
14 Maximum Instantaneous Torque

8 20
12
Permissible Permissible
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6 10
Torque Torque [N·m] 15 Torque
Permissible
8
Torque
4 6 10
4
2 5
2
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

40 60
35
50
30
40
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
25
Permissible Torque
20 30
Permissible Torque
15
20
10
10
5
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
26
FC Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm
System
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46AC-FC7.2 □A AZM46AC-FC10 □A AZM46AC-FC20 □A AZM46AC-FC30 □A
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MC-FC7.2 □A AZM46MC-FC10 □A AZM46MC-FC20 □A AZM46MC-FC30 □A
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.7 1 2 3
Gear Ratio 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R ✽2 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 0.7 1 2 3
Specifications and
Characteristics
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 0.7 1 2 3
AC Input
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.7 1 2 3
Permissible Speed Range r/min 0∼416 0∼300 0∼150 0∼100
Backlash arcmin 25 (0.42˚) 15 (0.25˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
$Either
$ U (Up) or D (Down) indicating the cable outlet direction is specified where the box □ is located in the product name.
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
AZM46 Gear Ratio 7.2 AZM46 Gear Ratio 10
1.0 1.2
Permissible Torque
1.0
0.8
Permissible Torque
0.8
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6
Configuration
0.6
0.4
System
0.4
0.2
0.2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
Product Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

2.5 4
Permissible Torque
Specifications and
3
Characteristics
DC Input
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.5
2
1.0
1
0.5
0 0
Dimensions
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
and Operation
Connection
$For
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
27
FC Geared Type Frame Size 60 mm
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM66AC-FC7.2 □A AZM66AC-FC10 □A AZM66AC-FC20 □A AZM66AC-FC30 □A
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM66MC-FC7.2 □A AZM66MC-FC10 □A AZM66MC-FC20 □A AZM66MC-FC30 □A
Max. Holding Torque N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Gear Ratio 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R ✽2 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Backlash arcmin 15 (0.25˚) 10 (0.17˚)
Power Supply Input
$Either
✽1
✽2

3.0 5
Permissible Torque
2.5
4
Permissible Torque
2.0
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
3
1.5
2
1.0
1
0.5
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

10 15
8
10
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
4
5
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
28
PS Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm
System
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46AC-PS5 AZM46AC-PS7.2 AZM46AC-PS10 AZM46AC-PS25 AZM46AC-PS36 AZM46AC-PS50
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MC-PS5 AZM46MC-PS7.2 AZM46MC-PS10 AZM46MC-PS25 AZM46MC-PS36 AZM46MC-PS50
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 1 1.5 2.5 3
Gear Ratio 5 7.2 10 25 36 50
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R ✽2 0.072˚/Pulse 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.0144˚/Pulse 0.01˚/Pulse 0.0072˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 1 1.5 2.5 3
Specifications and
Characteristics
Maximum
AC Input
N·m 1.5 2 6
Instantaneous Torque
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 3
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 3
Permissible Speed Range r/min 0∼600 0∼416 0∼300 0∼120 0∼83 0∼60
Backlash arcmin 15 (0.25˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
$A$ letter indicating the driver type is specified where the box ■ is located in the product name. Check “■ List of Combinations” on page 21 for driver product names.
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
AZM46 Gear Ratio 5 AZM46 Gear Ratio 7.2 AZM46 Gear Ratio 10
2.0 2.5 2.5

Maximum Instantaneous Torque 2.0 2.0
1.5
Configuration
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.5 1.5
Permissible Torque
System
1.0
1.0 1.0
0.5
0.5 0.5
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300
Product Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50
AZM46 Gear Ratio 25 AZM46 Gear Ratio 36 AZM46 Gear Ratio 50

8 8 8
Specifications and
Characteristics
Maximum Instantaneous Torque Maximum Instantaneous Torque Maximum Instantaneous Torque
6 6 6
DC Input
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
4 4 4
Permissible Torque
2 2 2
Dimensions
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
$Data
and Operation
Connection
$Depending
$For
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
29
PS Geared Type Frame Size 60 mm
■Specifications
Motor Product Name
Gear Ratio 5 7.2 10 25 36 50
Max. Instantaneous
N·m ✽ ✽ 11 16 20
Torque✽
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 3 4 5 8
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 3 4 5 8
Backlash arcmin 7 (0.12˚) 9 (0.15˚)
Power Supply Input
✽1
✽2

8 10 15

6
10
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6
4 Permissible Torque
Permissible Torque
5
2
2
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50

20 25 25
Maximum Instantaneous Torque Maximum Instantaneous Torque Maximum Instantaneous Torque

20 20
15
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
15 15
10
Permissible Torque
10 10
5
5 5
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
30
PS Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 90 mm
System
■Specifications
Motor Product Name
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 10 14 20 37
Gear Ratio 5 7.2 10 25 36 50
Permissible Torque✽ N·m ✽ ✽ 20 37
Specifications and
Characteristics
Max. Instantaneous
AC Input
N·m ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽ 60
Torque✽
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 5 7.2 10 25 36 37
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 5 7.2 10 25 36 37
Backlash arcmin 7 (0.12˚) 9 (0.15˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
15 20 25
20
15
Configuration
10 Permissible
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
System
15 Torque
10
10
5
5
5
0 0 0
Product Line
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

60 80 80
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
60 60
40
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible
Torque 40 Permissible Torque 40 Permissible Torque
20
20 20
Dimensions
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
and Operation
Connection
$Data
$Depending
$For
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
31
HPG Geared Type Frame Size 40 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46AC-HP5 □ AZM46AC-HP9 □ AZM66AC-HP5 □ AZM66AC-HP15 □ AZM98AC-HP5 □ AZM98AC-HP15 □
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MC-HP5 □ AZM46MC-HP9 □ AZM66MC-HP5 □ AZM66MC-HP15 □ AZM98MC-HP5 □ AZM98MC-HP15 □
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 55×10-7 (71×10-7)✽1 370×10-7 (530×10-7)✽1 1090×10-7 (1250×10-7)✽1
5.8×10-7 3.4×10-7 92×10-7 78×10-7 629×10-7 488×10-7
Inertia✽2 J: kg·m2
(4.2×10-7) (2.9×10-7) (86×10-7) (77×10-7) (589×10-7) (488×10-7)
Gear Ratio 5 9 5 15 5 15
Permissible Torque✽ N·m ✽ 2.5 5.9 9 ✽ 24
Max. Instantaneous
N·m ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽
Torque✽
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 0.75 1.35 3 9 5 15
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.75 1.35 3 9 5 15
Output Flange Surface Runout✽4 mm 0.02
Output Flange Inner Runout✽4 mm 0.03 0.04
Power Supply Input
$ the flange output type, F is specified where the box □ is located in the product name.
$For
✽1
✽ This is the value of the internal inertia of the gear converted to the motor shaft. ( ) contain values for the flange output type.
✽2
✽3
✽ Specifications for the flange output type.
✽4

2.0 8 15
1.5 6
10
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible
1.0 4 Torque
5
0.5 2
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

4 25 40
20
3 30
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible Torque 15
Permissible
2 20 Torque
1 10
5
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
32
Harmonic Geared Type Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm
Configuration
System
■Specifications
Single Shaft AZM46AC-HS50 AZM46AC-HS100 AZM66AC-HS50 AZM66AC-HS100 AZM98AC-HS50 AZM98AC-HS100
Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MC-HS50 AZM46MC-HS100 AZM66MC-HS50 AZM66MC-HS100 AZM98MC-HS50 AZM98MC-HS100
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 3.5 5 7 10 33 52
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 72×10-7 (88×10-7)✽1 405×10-7 (565×10-7)✽1 1290×10-7 (1450×10-7)✽1
Gear Ratio 50 100 50 100 50 100
Permissible Torque N·m 3.5 5 7 10 33 52
Specifications and
Characteristics
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽N·m 8.3 11 23 36 ✽ 107
AC Input
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 3.5 5 7 10 33 52
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 3.5 5 7 10 33 52
Lost Motion 1.5 max. 1.5 max. 0.7 max. 0.7 max. 0.7 max.
arcmin
(Load torque) (±0.16 N·m) (±0.20 N·m) (±0.28 N·m) (±0.39 N·m) (±1.2 N·m)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
✽1
✽2
Note
and Operation
Connection
$The
$ rotor inertia represents a sum of the inertia of the harmonic gear converted to motor shaft values.

12 30 80
Configuration
10 25
System
8 20
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6 15 40
Permissible Torque
4 Permissible Torque 10
Product Line
2 5
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
15 50 150
Maximum Instantaneous Torque 40 Maximum Instantaneous Torque 120

10
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
30 90
Dimensions
Permissible Torque 20 60 Permissible Torque
5
Permissible Torque
10 30
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
and Operation

Connection
Note
$Data
$Depending
$For
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
33
■Driver Specifications
AZD-AM3 AZD-CM3
Driver Product Name AZD-AD AZD-CD
AZD-AS3 AZD-CS3
Single-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase
Input Voltage 100-120 VAC 200-240 VAC 200-240 VAC 100-120 VAC 200-240 VAC 200-240 VAC
−15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz
Main AZM46 2.7 A 1.7 A 1.0 A 2.7 A 1.7 A 1.0 A
Power AZM48 2.7 A 1.6 A 1.0 A 2.7 A 1.6 A 1.0 A
Supply AZM66 3.8 A 2.3 A 1.4 A 3.8 A 2.3 A 1.4 A
Input Current
AZM69 5.4 A 3.3 A 2.0 A 5.4 A 3.3 A 2.0 A
AZM98 5.5 A 3.3 A 2.0 A 5.5 A 3.3 A 2.0 A
AZM911 6.4 A 3.9 A 2.3 A 6.4 A 3.9 A 2.3 A
Control Input Voltage 24 VDC±5%✽1
Power
Supply Input Current 0.25 A (0.5 A)✽2
Control Input 10 Points, Photocoupler 4 Points, Photocoupler
Pulse Output 2 Points, Line Driver −
Interface Control Output 6 Points, Photocoupler and Open-Collector 3 Points, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
Power Shut Down Signal Input 2 Points, Photocoupler
Power Shut Down Monitor Output 1 Point, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
✽ If an electromagnetic brake motor is used, it will be 24 VDC±4% when the distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m with an Oriental Motor cable.
✽1
✽ The value inside the ( ) represents the value when connecting an electromagnetic brake motor. 0.33 A for AZM46.
✽2
AZD-AX AZD-CX
AZD-A AZD-C
Driver Product Name AZD-AEP AZD-CEP
AZD-AED AZD-CED
AZD-APN AZD-CPN
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC Single-Phase 200-240 VAC Three-Phase 200-240 VAC
Input Voltage
−15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz
AZM46 2.7 A 1.7 A 1.0 A
Main
AZM48 2.7 A 1.6 A 1.0 A
Power
AZM66 3.8 A 2.3 A 1.4 A
Supply Input Current
AZM69 5.4 A 3.3 A 2.0 A
AZM98 5.5 A 3.3 A 2.0 A
AZM911 6.4 A 3.9 A 2.3 A
Control Input Voltage 24 VDC±5%✽1
Power
Input Current 0.25 A (0.5 A)✽2
Supply
· 2 Points, Photocoupler
· Maximum Input Pulse Frequency
Pulse Input
Line Driver: 1 MHz (50% duty)
Open Collector: 250 kHz (50% duty)
Interface Control Input 6 Points, Photocoupler
Pulse Output 2 Points, Line Driver
Control Output 6 Points, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
Power Shut Down Monitor Output 1 Point, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
✽1
✽2
34
■Driver Functions
Configuration
System
$Built-in
$ Controller Type, Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication, Pulse Input Type, EtherNet/IP compatible,
PROFINET compatible
AZD- □EP
Driver Product Name AZD- □D AZD- □X AZD- □
AZD- □PN
Number of Positioning Data Sets 256 Points 256 Points✽1 256 Points
Product Line
Input 16 Points − 16 Points
Remote I/O
Output 16 Points − 16 Points
Setting Tool Support Software MEXE02
Coordinates Management Method Battery-free Absolute System
Positioning Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Product Line
Positioning Push-Motion Operation✽2 ○✽1
Specifications and
○ ○ ○
Characteristics
Independent Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
AC Input
Positioning Sequential Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Linking
Operation Multistep Speed-Change (Configuration
○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Connection)
Operation
Sequence Loop Operation (Repeating) ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Control Event Jump Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Speed Control Operation (Continuous operation) ○✽1
Dimensions
○ ○ ○
Return-To-Home Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
Return-To-Home Operation
High-Speed Return-to-Home Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
JOG Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
Waveform Monitoring ○ ○ ○ ○
Overload Detection ○ ○ ○ ○
and Operation
Overheat Detection (Motor/Driver) ○ ○ ○ ○
Connection
Position/Speed Information ○ ○ ○ ○
Monitor/Information
Temperature Detection (Motor/Driver) ○ ○ ○ ○
Motor Load Factor ○ ○ ○ ○
Distance Traveled/Integrating Distance
○ ○ ○ ○
Traveled
Alarm ○ ○ ○ ○
Configuration
$Either
$ A (single-phase 100-120 VAC) or C (single-phase/three-phase 200-240 VAC) indicating the power supply input is specified where the box □ is located in the product name.
System
✽ This can be used via the support software MEXE02.
✽1
✽ Push-motion operation is not used in the DG Series linear & rotary actuators or geared motors.
✽2
$EtherCAT
$ Drive Profile compatible
Driver Product Name AZD- □ED
Product Line
Input 16 Points
Remote I/O
Output 16 Points
Profile Position Mode (PP)
Profile Speed Mode (PV)
Operation Mode Return-to-Home Mode (HM)
Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode (CSP)
Specifications and
Cyclic Synchronous Speed Mode (CSV)
Characteristics
DC Input
Coordinates
Management Method
Monitor/Information Same as the table above.
Alarm ○
$Either
Dimensions
$MECHATROLINK-
$ compatible
Driver Product Name AZD- □M3
Input 8 Points
Remote I/O
Output 8 Points
INTERPOLATE Interpolation feed
and Operation
Connection
POSING Positioning
FEED Constant speed feed
EX_FEED External input positioning constant speed feed
Operation
EX_POSING External input positioning
ZRET Return-to-home
VELCTRL Speed control✽
TRQCTRL Torque (thrust) control✽
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/

Coordinates
Management Method
Alarm ○
$Either
✽✽VELCTRL and TRQCTRL are not compatible with the standard stepper motor drive profile.
35
$SSCNET
$ /H compatible
Driver Product Name AZD- □S3
Input Blank
Remote I/O
Output Blank
Position Control
Speed Control✽
Operation
Torque Control✽
Torque Limiting✽
Coordinates
Management Method
Alarm ○
$Either
✽✽ Check with the host control device manufacturer for operation compatibility conditions.
■Communication Specifications
$RS-485
$ Communication
Protocol Modbus RTU Mode
EIA-485 Based, Straight Cable
Electrical Characteristics
Use twisted-pair cables (TIA/EIA-568B CAT5e or better recommended). The max. total extension length is 50 m. ✽
Communication Mode Half Duplex and Start-Stop Synchronization (Data: 8 bits, stop bit: 1 bit or 2 bits, parity: none, even, or odd)
Baud Rate 9600 bps/19200 bps/38400 bps/57600 bps/115200 bps/230400 bps are available
Connection Type Up to 31 units can be connected to a single programmable controller (master equipment).
✽ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
✽If
$EtherNet/IP
$
Communication Protocol EtherNet/IP (Complies with CT16)
Vendor ID 187: Oriental Motor Company
Device Type 43: Generic Device
Baud Rate 10/100 Mbps (Autonegotiation)
Communication Mode Full Duplex/Half Duplex (Autonegotiation)
Shielded Twisted-Pair (STP) Cable
Cable Specifications
Stroke/Cross, Category 5e min.
Output (Scanner➜driver) 40 bytes
Bytes
Input (Driver➜scanner) 56 bytes
Compatible Connections 2
Connection Type Exclusive Owner, Input Only
Communication Cycle (RPI) 1∼3200 ms
Implicit Communication
Connection Type (Scanner➜driver) Point−to−Point
Connection Type (Driver➜scanner) Point−to−Point, Multicast
Data Reflection Trigger Cyclic
IP Address Setting Method IP Address Setting Switch, Parameter, DHCP
Compatible Topologies Star, Linear, Ring (Device Level Ring)
$EtherCAT
$
Communication Protocol IEC 61158 Type12
Physical Layer/Protocol 100 BASE-TX (IEEE 802.3)
Baud Rate 100 Mbps
·· Free Run Mode: 1 ms min.
Communication Cycle ·· SM2 Event Synchronous Mode: 1 ms min.
·· DC Mode: 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, 2 ms, 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 6 ms, 7 ms, 8 ms
RJ45×2 (Shield-compatible)
Communication Port/
ECAT IN: EtherCAT Input
Connector
ECAT OUT: EtherCAT Output
Topology Daisy Chain (Max. 65,535 nodes)
Process Data Variable PDO Mapping
·· SM0: Mailbox Output
·· SM1: Mailbox Input
Sync Manager
·· SM2: Process Data Output
·· SM3: Process Data Input
·· Emergency Messages
·· SDO Requests
Mailbox (CoE)
·· SDO Responses
·· SDO Information
·· Free Run Mode (Asynchronous)
Synchronous Mode ·· SM2 Event Synchronous Mode
·· DC Mode (SYNC0 Event Synchronous)
Device Profile IEC 61800-7 CiA402 Drive Profile
36
$PROFINET
$
Configuration
Communication Protocol PROFINET IO Ver.2.4
System
Vendor ID 0x33E: ORIENTAL MOTOR
Baud Rate 100 Mbps (Autonegotiation)
Communication Mode Full Duplex (Autonegotiation)
Shielded Twisted-Pair (STP) Cable Stroke/Cross, Category 5e min.
Recommended
Product Line
Communication Connector RJ45×2 (Shield-compatible)
Conformance Class B
RT/IRT RT
NetLoad Class
Supported Protocols DCP, LLDP, SNMP, MRP✽
Output (Host System➜driver) 40 byte
Specifications and
Bytes
Characteristics
Input (Driver➜host system) 56 byte
AC Input
Compatible Topologies Star, Tree, Line, Ring✽
✽Specifications
✽ will vary according to the driver. Identify them using either the Module Software Version or the driver’s date of manufacture.
The Module Software Version can be confirmed on either the MEXE02 PROFINET monitor or the host system’s setting tool.
· If the Module Software Version is 2.00 or later or the driver’s date of manufacture is June 2022 or later Compatible with MRP and Ring.
· If the Module Software Version is 1.00 or earlier or the driver’s date of manufacture is May 2022 or earlier
The driver is certified as a 1-port PROFINET product. The output LLDP/SNMP information is the same regardless of which communication connector it is connected to.
Dimensions
Not compatible with MRP or Ring.
$MECHATROLINK-
$
Communication Protocol MECHATROLINK-
Baud Rate 100 Mbps
and Operation
Transmission Period 0.5∼4 ms (Compatible with 0.5 ms intervals)
Connection
Communication Period 0.5∼32 ms (Compatible with 0.5 ms intervals)
Link Communication Cyclic Communication 48 bytes/station or 32 bytes/station
Words Event-Driven Communication Fixed at 64 bytes
Station Address Setting 0.3 h∼EFh
Extended Address 0 (Station address+0000 h)
Communication Connector Industrial Mini I/O Connector
Configuration
Cyclic Communication
Communication Mode
System
Event-Driven Communication
Standard Stepper Motor Drive Profile
Cyclic Communication
Standard Servo Profile
Profile Type
Profile for ID Information Acquisition with Event-Driven
Event-Driven Communication
Communication
Product Line
$SSCNET
$ /H compatible
Communication Protocol SSCNET /H
Communication Medium Optical Cable
Baud Rate 150 Mbps
Compatible Communication
0.44 ms, 0.88 ms
Specifications and
Period
Characteristics
DC Input
Compatible Calculation
0.44 ms, 0.88 ms, 1.77 ms, 3.55 ms
Period✽
✽Depending
✽ on the servo system controller’s specifications and connection axes.
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
37
■General Specifications
Driver
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication Pulse Input Type
Motor
EtherNet/IP compatible MECHATROLINK- compatible
EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible SSCNET /H compatible
PROFINET compatible
130 (B)
Thermal Class −
[UL/CSA is certified as compliant with 105 (A)]
100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied 100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the following places:
between the following places: ·· Protective Earth Terminal–Main Power Supply Terminal
Insulation Resistance
·· Case–Motor Winding ·· Encoder Connector–Main Power Supply Terminal
·· Case–Electromagnetic Brake Winding✽1 ·· I/O Signal Terminal–Main Power Supply Terminal
Sufficient to withstand the following for 1 minute: Sufficient to withstand the following for 1 minute:
·· Case–Motor Winding ·· Protective Earth Terminal–Main Power Supply Terminal 1.5 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Dielectric Strength 1.5 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz ·· Encoder Connector–Main Power Supply Terminal 1.8 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
·· Case–Electromagnetic Brake Winding✽1 ·· I/O Signal Terminal–Main Power Supply Terminal 1.8 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
1.5 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Ambient
0∼+40°C (Non-freezing)✽2 0∼+55°C (Non-freezing)✽3
Operating Temperature
Environment Ambient
85% or less (Non-condensing)
(In operation) Humidity
Atmosphere No corrosive gases or dust. The product should not be exposed to water, oil or other liquids.
Degree of Protection IP66 (excluding installation surfaces and connectors) IP10 IP20
Stop Position Accuracy AZM46, AZM48: ±4 arc minutes (±0.067°) AZM66, AZM69, AZM98, AZM911: ±3 arc minutes (±0.05°)
Shaft Runout 0.05T.I.R. (mm)✽4 −
Concentricity of Installation
0.075T.I.R. (mm)✽4 −
Pilot to the Shaft
Perpendicularity of Installation
0.075T.I.R. (mm)✽4 −
Surface to the Shaft
Multiple Rotation Detection
±900 Rotation (1800 rotations)
Range in Power OFF State
✽ Only for products with an electromagnetic brake
✽1 ϕ0.075 A
✽ Based on Oriental Motor's internal measurement conditions
✽2
0.05
✽ When a heat sink of a capacity at least equivalent to an aluminum plate with a size of 200×200 mm and 2 mm thickness
✽3
✽ T. I. R. (Total Indicator Reading): The total dial gauge reading when the measurement section is rotated once around the reference axis center.
✽4
Note A
$Separate
$ the motor and driver when measuring insulation resistance or performing a dielectric voltage withstand test.
Also, do not perform these tests on the absolute sensor part of the motor.
0.075 A
■Electromagnetic Brake Specifications

Product Name AZM46 AZM66 AZM69 AZM98
Type Power Off Activated Type
Power Supply Voltage DC24V±5%✽
Power Supply Current A 0.08 0.25 0.25 0.25
Time Rating Continuous
✽✽ For the type with an electromagnetic brake, a 24 VDC±4% specification applies if the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m using a cable.
■Rotation Direction
This indicates the rotation direction when viewed from the output $$Standard Type Motor
shaft side of the motor.
The rotation direction of the output gear shaft relative to the
standard type motor output shaft varies depending on the gear
type and gear ratio.
Please check the following table.
Rotation Direction when Clockwise Rotation
Type Gear Ratio Viewed from the Output CW
Shaft Side of the Motor
3.6, 7.2, 10 Same Direction
TS Geared Type
20, 30 Opposite Direction
FC Geared Type Counterclockwise Rotation
CCW
PS Geared Type Total Gear Ratio Same Direction
HPG Geared Type
Harmonic Geared Type Total Gear Ratio Opposite Direction
38
■Permissible Radial Load and Permissible Axial Load
Configuration
Unit: N
System
Permissible Radial Load
Motor Frame
Type Product Name Gear Ratio Distance from Shaft End mm Permissible Axial Load
Size
0 5 10 15 20
AZM46 35 44 58 85 −
42 mm 15
AZM48 30 35 44 58 85
Standard Type −
AZM66, AZM69
Product Line
60 mm 90 100 130 180 270 30
85 mm AZM98, AZM911 260 290 340 390 480 60
3.6, 7.2, 10 20 30 40 50 −
42 mm AZM46 15
20, 30 40 50 60 70 −
3.6, 7.2, 10 120 135 150 165 180
TS Geared Type 60 mm AZM66 40
20, 30 170 185 200 215 230
Specifications and
3.6, 7.2, 10 300 325 350 375 400
Characteristics
90 mm AZM98 150
20, 30 400 450 500 550 600
AC Input
42 mm AZM46 180 200 220 250 − 100
FC Geared Type 7.2, 10, 20, 30
60 mm AZM66 270 290 310 330 350 200
5 70 80 95 120 −
7.2 80 90 110 140 −
10 85 100 120 150 −
42 mm AZM46 100
Dimensions
25 120 140 170 210 −
36 130 160 190 240 −
50 150 170 210 260 −
5 170 200 230 270 320
7.2 200 220 260 310 370
10 220 250 290 350 410
PS Geared Type 60 mm AZM66 200
and Operation
25 300 340 400 470 560
Connection
36 340 380 450 530 630
50 380 430 500 600 700
5 380 420 470 540 630
7.2 430 470 530 610 710
10 480 530 590 680 790
90 mm AZM98 600
Configuration
25 650 720 810 920 1070
36 730 810 910 1040 1210
System
50 820 910 1020 1160 1350
5 150 170 190 230 270 430
40 mm AZM46
9 180 200 230 270 320 510
5 250 270 300 330 360 700
HPG Geared Type 60 mm AZM66
15 360 380 420 460 510 980
Product Line
5 600 630 670 710 750 1460
90 mm AZM98
15 830 880 930 980 1050 2030
42 mm AZM46 180 220 270 360 510 220
Harmonic Geared Type 60 mm AZM66 50, 100 320 370 440 550 720 450
90 mm AZM98 1090 1150 1230 1310 1410 1300
$The
$ product names are listed such that the product names are distinguishable.
Specifications and
Characteristics
$ PS geared type and HPG geared type have a full lifespan of 20,000 hours when either the permissible radial load or the permissible axial load is applied.
$The
DC Input
For the life of gearhead, please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office, or visit the Oriental Motor website.
$Radial
$ Load and Axial Load
Distance from Shaft End [mm]
20
15
Dimensions
10
5
Axial Load
Radial Load
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
39
■Permissible Moment Load
If an eccentric load is applied to the output flange-installation surface, load moment acts on the bearing.
Confirm before use that the axial load and load moment are within specification with the following formulas.
$HPG
$ Geared Type Flange Output Type
Constant m : Load mass (kg)
Product Name Gear Ratio Permissible Axial Load (N) Permissible Moment Load (N·m)
a(m) g : Gravitational acceleration (m/s2)
5 430 4.9 F : External force (N)
AZM46 0.006
9 510 5.9 L : Overhung distance (m)
5 700 12.0 a : Constant (m)
AZM66 0.011
15 980 17.2 F : Load applied to output flange face (N)
5 1460 38.7 Fs : Permissible axial load (N)
AZM98 0.0115
15 2030 53.5 M : Load moment (N·m)
M : Permissible moment load (N·m)
The load moment can be calculated with the following formula.
Example 1: External force F (N) applied to the overhung Example 2: E

xternal force F (N) applied to the overhung
position L (m) in a horizontal direction from position L (m) in a vertical direction from the
the center of the output flange output flange-installation surface
Support Point ⦁ Load Moment

mg
⦁Load Moment ⦁ Axial Load
Support Point ⦁ Axial Load
$Harmonic
$ Geared Type
Motor Constant
Permissible Axial Load (N) Permissible Moment Load (N·m)
Frame Size a(m)
42 mm 220 5.6 0.009
60 mm 450 11.6 0.0114
The permissible moment load can be calculated with the following formula.

the center of the output flange output flange-installation surface

mg
40
■Harmonic Geared Type Accuracy
Configuration
System
$Principle
$ and Structure ◇Torque
◇ – Torsion Characteristics
0° In actual applications, there is always frictional load, and
Circular Spline displacement is produced as a result of this frictional load. If
the frictional load is constant, the displacement will be constant
Wave Generator
for unidirectional operation. However, in bidirectional operation,
Product Line
Flex Spline double the displacement is produced over a round trip. This
displacement can be estimated from the following torque – torsion
characteristics.
This displacement occurs when an external force is applied as the

$Accuracy
$
Specifications and
gear is stopped, or when the gear is driven under a frictional load.
Characteristics
AC Input
Unlike the conventional spur gear gearhead, the harmonic
The slope can be approximated with the spring constant in the
gear has no backlash. The harmonic gear has many teeth in
following 3 classes, depending on the size of the load torque, and
simultaneous meshing engagement, and is designed to average
can be estimated through calculation.
out the effects of tooth pitch error and cumulative pitch error
on rotation accuracy to ensure high positioning accuracy. Also,
1. Load torque TL is T1 max.
harmonic gears have high gear ratio, so that the torsion when the
Dimensions
TL
load torque is applied to the output shaft is much smaller than θ= [min]
K1
a single motor and other geared motor, and the rigidity is high.
2. Load torque TL exceeds T1 but is less than T2
High rigidity is less subject to load fluctuation and enables stable
positioning. When the high positioning accuracy and rigidity are θ = θ 1 + TL − T1 [min]
K2
required, refer to the following characteristics. 3. Load torque TL exceeds T2
and Operation
Connection
◇Angular
◇ Transmission Accuracy θ = θ 2 + TL − T2 [min]
K3
Angular transmission error is the difference between the
theoretical rotation angle of the output shaft, as calculated from
The torsion angle of the harmonic gear alone is calculated
the input pulse count, and actual rotation angle. Represented as
according to the size of the load torque.
the difference between the min. value and max. value in the set
Configuration
of measurements taken for a single rotation of the output shaft, Torsion Angle θ
System
starting from an arbitrary position. K3
Angular Transmission
Product Name
Accuracy [arcmin]
θ2
AZM24-HS□ 2 (0.034°) K2
AZM46-HS□
Product Line
1.5 (0.025°)
AZM66-HS□
AZM98-HS□ 1 (0.017°)
$Values
$ under no load conditions (gear reference values) θ1
K1
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
T1 T2 Torque T
Torsion Angle – Torque Characteristics
Dimensions
Values for Determining Torsion Angle
Gear T1 K1 θ1 T2 K2 θ2 K3
Product Name
Ratio N·m N·m/min min N·m N·m/min min N·m/min
AZM24-HS50 50 0.29 0.08 3.7 − 0.12 − −
AZM24-HS100 100 0.29 0.1 2.9 1.5 0.15 11 0.21
and Operation
AZM46-HS50 50 0.8 0.64 1.25 2 0.87 2.6 0.93

Connection
AZM46-HS100 100 0.8 0.79 1.02 2 0.99 2.2 1.28

AZM66-HS50 50 2 0.99 2 6.9 1.37 5.6 1.66
AZM66-HS100 100 2 1.37 1.46 6.9 1.77 4.2 2.1
AZM98-HS50 50 7 3.8 1.85 25 5.2 5.3 6.7
AZM98-HS100 100 7 4.7 1.5 25 7.3 4 8.4
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
41
■Load Torque – Driver Input Current Characteristics
This is the relationship between load torque and driver input current Motor shaft speed=Output gear shaft speed×Gear ratio [r/min]
at various speeds under actual operation conditions. Due to these Output gear shaft torque
characteristics, it is possible to estimate the power supply capacity Motor Shaft Torque= [N·m]
Gear Ratio
required to use the multi-axis. For geared types, use the speed and
torque at the motor shaft.
$Single-Phase
$ 100-120 VAC $Single-Phase
$ 200-240 VAC $Three-Phase
$ 200-240 VAC
AZM46□C AZM46□C AZM46□C
3.0 2.0 1.0
4000 r/min
2.5 4000 r/min 3000 r/min 3000 r/min
Driver Input Current [A]

1.5 0.75
4000 r/min 3000 r/min
2.0
2000 r/min 2000 r/min
2000 r/min
1.5 1.0 0.5
1000 r/min 1000 r/min

1.0 1000 r/min
0.5 0.25 500 r/min
500 r/min
500 r/min
0.5
0 0 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Load Torque [N·m] Load Torque [N·m] Load Torque [N·m]

3.0 2.0 1.0
3000 r/min 2000 r/min

2.5 4000 r/min
4000 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min 1.5 0.75
1000 r/min

1000 r/min 2000 r/min
2.0 4000 r/min 3000 r/min 1000 r/min
500 r/min
1.5 500 r/min 1.0 0.5
500 r/min
1.0
0.5 0.25
0.5
0 0 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

5 3.0 1.5
2.5 1.25 4000 r/min 3000 r/min

4 2000 r/min
4000 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min
4000 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min

2.0 1.0
3 1000 r/min
1000 r/min 1000 r/min
1.5 0.75
2 500 r/min
500 r/min 500 r/min
1.0 0.5
1
0.5 0.25
0 0 0
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5
6 3.5 2.0
4000 r/min 3000 r/min 4000 r/min 3000 r/min 4000 r/min
5 3.0 2000 r/min 3000 r/min
2000 r/min
2000 r/min
1.5
2.5 1000 r/min
4 1000 r/min 1000 r/min
2.0
3 1.0
500 r/min 1.5 500 r/min 500 r/min
2
1.0
0.5
1 0.5
0 0 0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
42
$Single-Phase
$ 100-120 VAC $Single-Phase
$ 200-240 VAC $Three-Phase
$ 200-240 VAC
Configuration
System
6 3.5 2.0
5 3.0
3000 r/min 2000 r/min 4000 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min 4000 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min
4000 r/min

1.5
2.5 1000 r/min
4 1000 r/min 1000 r/min
2.0
3 500 r/min 1.0
500 r/min
Product Line
500 r/min 1.5
2
1.0
0.5
1 0.5
0 0 0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
7 4 2.5
6
3000 r/min 2000 r/min 3000 r/min2000 r/min 2.0
4000 r/min 4000 r/min 1000 r/min 3000 r/min
1000 r/min

3 2000 r/min
5 4000 r/min 1000 r/min
500 r/min 500 r/min 1.5
4 500 r/min
2
3 1.0
Dimensions
2
1
0.5
1
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4
and Operation
Connection
Configuration
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
43
■Dimensions (Unit = mm)
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
Motor Shaft Type Product Name 2D CAD
kg
Round Shaft with Flat AZM46AC B1092
0.44
Straight Type AZM46A0C B1288
Round Shaft with Flat Straight Type
70 20±1 42 20±1
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
2 31±0.2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 2
15±0.25
0
31±0.2
42
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
5.5±0.15
13
12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
0
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM48A0C 0.68 B1289
With Key AZM48A1C B1299
93 24±1 42 24±1
(h7)
2 31±0.2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 2
ϕ8−0.015
20±0.25
0
31±0.2
42
ϕ8−0.015(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
7.5±0.15
Protective Earth Terminals M4

13
12 28.5 5 27
Encoder Cable ϕ6 With Key
0
24±1
ϕ8−0.015(h7)
Motor Cable ϕ8 2 Parallel Key (Included)

15
300
300
0 0 +0.1
15−0.18 3−0.025 1.8
0
0
M3
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
9.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
Motor Shaft Type Product Name L 2D CAD
kg
Straight Type AZM66A0C 72 0.91 B1290
Straight Type AZM69A0C 97.5 1.4 B1291
L 24±1 60 24±1
(h7)
7 2 50±0.35 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 2

ϕ10−0.015
0
20±0.25
50±0.35
60
9.5±0.15
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ36−0.025(h7)
13
With Key
0

24±1
(h7)
Encoder Cable ϕ6
2
Motor Cable ϕ8 Parallel Key (Included)
ϕ10−0.015
15
+0.1
0
0 0 1.8 0
15−0.18 3−0.025
300
300
M3
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
11.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
44
Frame Size 85 mm
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
Straight Type AZM98A0C 84 1.9 B1292
Product Line
Straight Type AZM911A0C 114 3 B1293
L 37±1 85 37±1
10 2 4×ϕ6.5 Thru 70±0.35 2
(h7)
25±0.25
ϕ14−0.018
Specifications and
0
Characteristics
ϕ60−0.030(h7)
AC Input
70±0.35
85
0
13±0.15
ϕ14−0.018(h7)
13
0
With Key
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Dimensions
37±1
(h7)
2
300
300
ϕ14−0.018
25 Parallel Key (Included)
Motor Cable ϕ8
0
0 +0.1
M4 25±0.2 5−0.030 3 0
10 Deep
5−0.030
5−0.030
16
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
and Operation
Connection
◇Standard
◇ Type with an Electromagnetic Brake
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Configuration
Round Shaft with Flat AZM46MC B1154
0.61
AZM46M0C
System
Straight Type B1294
101 20±1 42 20±1
2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 31±0.2 2 ϕ6−0.012(h7)
15±0.25
0
Product Line
31±0.2
42
5.5±0.15
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
13
26
15 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
300
300
300
Specifications and
Motor Cable ϕ8
Characteristics
DC Input
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 60 mm
Dimensions
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM66M0C 118 1.3 B1295
With Key AZM66M1C B1305
and Operation
Connection
Straight Type AZM69M0C 143.5 1.8 B1296

L 24±1 60 24±1
(h7)
7 2 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 50±0.35 2

ϕ10−0.015
20±0.25
0
Equipment
Peripheral
50±0.35
Cables/
60
9.5±0.15
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ36−0.025(h7)
13
26
15.5 Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
With Key
0
24±1
(h7)
2
Parallel Key (Included)
300
300
300
ϕ10−0.015
15
+0.1
0
0 0 1.8 0
Motor Cable ϕ8 M3 15−0.18 3−0.025
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
11.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
45
Frame Size 85 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM98M0C 2.5 B1297
125.5 37±1 85 37±1
10 2 4×ϕ6.5 Thru 70±0.35 2
(h7)
25±0.25
ϕ14−0.018
0
ϕ60−0.030(h7)
70±0.35
85
0
13±0.15
ϕ14−0.018(h7)
13
Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
0
With Key
37±1
(h7)
2
300
300
300
ϕ14−0.018
25 Parallel Key (Included)
Motor Cable ϕ8
0
0 +0.1
M4 25±0.2 5−0.030 3 0
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 10 Deep
5−0.030
5−0.030
16
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
◇TS
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 42 mm $Cable
$ Outlet Direction
Cable Outlet Mass Down Right Up Left
Product Name Gear Ratio 2D CAD
Direction kg
Down AZM46AC-TS ■ B1157
Right AZM46AC-TS ■ R B1272
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.59
Up AZM46AC-TS ■ U B1270
Left AZM46AC-TS ■ L B1271
101 20±1
3.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
12
42
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ17−0.018(h7)
5.5±0.15
8±0.5
.5
±0
3.8
ϕ4
13
0

Encoder Cable ϕ6
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

$ Outlet Direction
Direction kg
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.3
$Installation
$ Screws: M4×60 P0.7 (4 screws included)
115 32±1
50 4
18 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
A
B
60
A B
ϕ23−0.021(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
10±0.5
0
0
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8 A-A
300
300
B-B
M3
11.2

1.7
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 6

0
0 +0.1
18±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
$A
$ number indicating the gear ratio is specified where the box ■ is located in the product name.
46
$ Outlet Direction
Configuration
System
Direction kg
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 3.1
Product Line
$Installation
148 42±1
74 5
34±0.5
25 4×ϕ8.5 Thru 90
A
B
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
B
90
A
ϕ39−0.025(h7)
ϕ18−0.018(h7)
18±0.5
.5
±0
0
0
04
ϕ1
13
A-A
Motor Cable ϕ8
B-B M6
Dimensions
20.5
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6 Parallel Key (Included) 3.5
6−0.03
6−0.03
12
0
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 0 +0.1
and Operation
25±0.2 6−0.03 3.5 0
Connection
◇TS
$ Outlet Direction
Direction kg
Down AZM46MC-TS ■ B1216
Configuration
Right AZM46MC-TS ■ R B1284
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.76
System
Up AZM46MC-TS ■ U B1282
Left AZM46MC-TS ■ L B1283
132 20±1
3.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
12
Product Line
42
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ17−0.018(h7)
5.5±0.15
8±0.5
.5
±0
3.8
ϕ4
13
26
0

Encoder Cable ϕ6
300
300
300
Specifications and
Motor Cable ϕ8
Characteristics
DC Input
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)

$ Outlet Direction
Dimensions
Direction kg
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.7
and Operation
Connection
$Installation
161 32±1
50 4
18 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
A
B
60
A B
ϕ23−0.021(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
10±0.5
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
0
0
13

15.5 Encoder Cable ϕ6 Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A B-B
300
300
300
M3
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 11.2
1.7
Parallel Key (Included) 6
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
0
18±0.2 3−0.025 1.8
+0.1
0
$A
47
$ Outlet Direction
Direction kg
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 3.7
$Installation
189.5 42±1
74 5
34±0.5
25 4×ϕ8.5 Thru 90
A
B
90
A
ϕ39−0.025(h7)
ϕ18−0.018(h7)
18±0.5
.5
±0
0
0
04
ϕ1
13
A-A
12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
20.5
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8 B-B M6
Encoder Cable ϕ6 Parallel Key (Included)

3.5
6−0.03
6−0.03
0
0
12
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
0 +0.1
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 25±0.2 6−0.03 3.5 0
◇FC
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 42 mm Cable Outlet Direction Up
Mass
kg
AZM46AC-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.79 B1314
5
43.5
42
35.7
27
13
25±1
3.5
20
18
A A 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015 (h7)
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ12
0
ϕ30−0.021 (h7) A-A B-B
M3
11.2
1.7
300
300
6
Encoder Cable ϕ6 Motor Cable ϕ8
12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

.5
±0
ϕ 46 0 −0.004
B 18±0.2 3−0.025 3−0.029
42
B
+0.1
3−0.025
0
1.8
42
0
131
Frame Size 42 mm Cable Outlet Direction Down

Mass
kg
AZM46AC-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.79 B1313
131
42
0.5
6±
ϕ4 Parallel Key (Included)
B
42
0
B 18±0.2 3−0.025
Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

3−0.025
+0.1
−0.004
3−0.029
0
0
1.8
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
A-A B-B
M3
11.2
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7)
ϕ12
500654-0609 (Molex) 1.7
0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015(h7) 6
A A Protective Earth Terminals M4
25±1
18
20
3.5
5
35.7
43.5
42
27
13
$A
48
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66AC-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.8 B1318
Product Line
61.5
60
50
27
13
4.5
38±1
31.5
25
A A 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018(h7) B-B
A-A
Specifications and
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ17.5 10
Characteristics
0
17
ϕ37−0.025(h7) M5 3
AC Input
300
300
Dimensions
0 0
12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru 25±0.2 5−0.030 5−0.030
.5
0 ±0
ϕ7
+0.1
B
0
5−0.030
3
0
60
and Operation
60
Connection
160.5

Mass
kg
AZM66AC-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.8 B1317
Configuration
160.5
System
60
0.5
0±
ϕ7
B
60

B
0
25±0.2 5−0.030
Product Line
4×ϕ5.5 Thru
Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 28.5
Motor Cable ϕ8
5−0.030
0
+0.1
5−0.030
0
0
3
300
300
B-B
10
M5 3
A-A
Specifications and
Characteristics
17
DC Input
0
ϕ37−0.025 (h7)
ϕ17.5
500654-0609 (Molex) 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018 (h7)
A A
31.5
25
38±1
4.5
Dimensions
5
50
61.5
60
27
13
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$A
49
◇FC
Mass
kg
AZM46MC-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.96 B1316
43.5
42
35.7
27
13
25±1
3.5
20
18
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015(h7)
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ12
A-A B-B
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7) M3
11.2
1.7
300
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6 6
Motor Cable ϕ8
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

.5 Parallel Key (Included)
±0
ϕ 46 0 −0.004
B 18±0.2 3−0.025 3−0.029
42
+0.1
3−0.025
0
42 0
1.8
162

Mass
kg
AZM46MC-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.96 B1315
162
42
0.5
6±
ϕ4
B
42
B Parallel Key (Included)

0
18±0.2 3−0.025
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru
3−0.025
Encoder Cable ϕ6
+0.1
−0.004
3−0.029
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
0
1.8
300
300

B-B
300
A-A
M3
11.2
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7)
ϕ12
500654-0609 (Molex) 1.7
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
ϕ10−0.015 (h7) 6
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A Protective Earth Terminals M4
25±1
18
20
3.5
5
35.7
43.5
42
27
13
$A
50
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66MC-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 2.2 B1320
Product Line
61.5
60
50
27
13
4.5
38±1
31.5
25
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018(h7)
A-A B-B
Specifications and
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ17.5
Characteristics
17
0
ϕ37−0.025(h7) 10
AC Input
M5 3
300
300
300

Motor Cable ϕ8
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Dimensions
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru Parallel Key (Included)
.5
0 ±0 0 0
ϕ7 25±0.2 5−0.030 5−0.030
B
+0.1
60
0
5−0.030
B
3
0
and Operation
60
Connection
206.5

Mass
kg
AZM66MC-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 2.2 B1319
Configuration
206.5
System
60 B-B
0.5
0±
ϕ7 10
B M5 3
60
B
Product Line
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru 0
25±0.2 5−0.030
300
300
5−0.030
300
0
+0.1
5−0.030
0
0
A-A
3
17
Specifications and
0
ϕ37−0.025(h7)
Characteristics
ϕ17.5
DC Input
500654-0609 (Molex) 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
ϕ15−0.018 (h7)
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A
31.5
25
38±1
4.5

5
50
61.5
Dimensions
60
27
13 and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$A
51
◇PS
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
Product Name Gear Ratio L 2D CAD
kg
5, 7.2, 10 98 0.64 B1159
AZM46AC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 121.5 0.79 B1160
L 28±1
10 15 4×M4 8 Deep 42
42
A ±0
.5
3.8
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26−0.021(h7)
ϕ4
13
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
0
A-A
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8 11.2

0 +0.1
15±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 104 1.3 B1161
AZM66AC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 124 1.6 B1162
L 38±1
10 25 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
A
60
A
ϕ12−0.018(h7)
ϕ37−0.025(h7)
13

0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
13.5

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 0 +0.1
25±0.2 4−0.03 2.5 0
4−0.03
4−0.03
0
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 131 3.3 B1185
AZM98AC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 158.5 4.1 B1186
L 47±1
14 26
25 4×M8 15 Deep 90
A
90
A
.5
±0
ϕ18−0.018(h7)
ϕ61−0.03(h7)
04
ϕ1
13

0
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6 Parallel Key (Included)

20.5
6−0.03
6−0.03
0
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 0 +0.1

25±0.2 6−0.03 3.5 0
$A
52
◇PS
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm
System
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 129 0.81 B1218
AZM46MC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 152 0.96 B1219
L 28±1
Product Line
10 15 4×M4 8 Deep 42
42
A ±0
.5
3.8
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26−0.021(h7)
ϕ4
13
26
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Specifications and
Characteristics
A-A
AC Input
300
300
300

0 +0.1
15±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
Dimensions
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
and Operation
5, 7.2, 10
Connection
150 1.7 B1220
AZM66MC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 170 2.0 B1221
L 38±1
10 25 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
Configuration
60
A
System
ϕ12−0.018(h7)
ϕ37−00.025(h7)
12 12 28.5 13
0
26 Encoder Cable ϕ6 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27

15.5
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
300
Product Line
13.5

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) +0.1
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 25±0.2 4−0.03 2.5 0
Specifications and
4−0.03
4−0.03
Characteristics
0
0
DC Input
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 172.5 3.9 B1191
AZM98MC-PS ■
25, 36, 50 200 4.7 B1192
Dimensions
L 47±1
14 26
25 4×M8 15 Deep 90
A
and Operation
Connection
90
A
.5
±0
ϕ18−0.018(h7)
ϕ61−0.03(h7)
04
ϕ1
13

0
A-A
300
300
300
Equipment
Peripheral
Motor Cable ϕ8
Cables/
Encoder Cable ϕ6
20.5

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
6−0.03
6−0.03
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
0
0 +0.1
25±0.2 6−0.03 3.50
$A
53
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type Shaft Output Type
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46AC-HP ■ 5, 9 0.71 B1163
104.5 42±1
5 22
15
42 Installation Pilot 2.2 15 4×ϕ3.4 Thru 40
A M3 6 Deep
ϕ39.5
ϕ29
42
40
0.3
6±
A ϕ4
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
A-A
300
300
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) Parallel Key (Included)

0 0 +0.1
15−0.18 90˚ 4−0.030 2.50
4−0.030
4−0.030
1.6
0
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66AC-HP ■ 5, 15 1.9 B1165
132 58±1
8 30
21
Installation Pilot 2.5 25 4×ϕ5.5 Thru 60 0.3
0±
A M4 8 Deep ϕ7
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
A
Installation Pilot
ϕ16−0.018(h7)
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
ϕ20
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
A-A
18
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0 0 +0.1
25−0.21 5−0.030 3 0
90˚
5−0.030
5−0.030
2
0
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
kg
AZM98AC-HP ■ 5, 15 4.8 B1187
160 80±1
10 38
27
Installation Pilot 8 36 4×ϕ9 Thru 90
M6 12 Deep
A
Installation Pilot
ϕ85−0.035(h7)
ϕ32
ϕ59
ϕ84
90
0
A 0.3
05
±
ϕ1
13
ϕ25−0.021(h7)
12 A-A Protective Earth Terminals M4

28.5 5 27
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
28
Encoder Cable ϕ6 0 0 +0.2
36−0.25 7−0.090 40
90˚
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

8−0.036
8−0.036
3.2
0
$The
$ areas in the dimensions are rotating parts.
$A
54
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type Flange Output Type
Configuration
Frame Size 40 mm
System
Mass
kg
AZM46AC-HP ■ F 5, 9 0.66 B1164
+0.25
104.5 15−0.20
5 Installation Pilot 2.2 40
Product Line
42 3 4×ϕ3.4 Thru ϕ18
0.3
6±
3×M4 6 Deep ϕ4
ϕ39.5
ϕ24
42
40
0˚
(H7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
13
Installation Pilot
C 12
12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4
+0.012
Encoder Cable ϕ6 5 27
Specifications and
0
0
Characteristics
ϕ5
AC Input
300
300
Detail of "C"
ϕ24
Motor Cable ϕ8
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

Customer Components
Dimensions
0
0.4−0.2
0.5 or more
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
and Operation
AZM66AC-HP ■ F 5, 15 1.8 B1166
Connection
+0.4
132 21−0.5
5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru ϕ30 0.3
0±
6×M4 7 Deep ϕ7
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
Configuration
System
60˚
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
(H7)
Installation Pilot
13

+0.018
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
ϕ14
300
300
Product Line
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
Specifications and
kg
Characteristics
DC Input
5 4.5
AZM98AC-HP ■ F B1188
15 4.4
+0.4
160 27−0.5
10 Installation Pilot 8 90
5 4×ϕ9 Thru ϕ45
ϕ1
Dimensions
05±
0.3
Installation Pilot
ϕ85−0.035(h7)
6×M6 10 Deep
ϕ59
ϕ84
90
0
60°
(H7)
13
and Operation

+0.021
Connection
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
ϕ24
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Equipment
Peripheral
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

Cables/
$The
$A
55
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake Shaft Output Type
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46MC-HP ■ 5, 9 0.88 B1222
135.5 42±1
5 22
15
A M3 6 Deep
ϕ39.5
ϕ29
42
40
0.3
6±
A ϕ4
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
13
Installation Pilot
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
15
A-A
300
300
300 Motor Cable ϕ8


500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
0 0 +0.1
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 15−0.18 4−0.030 2.5 0
90˚
4−0.030
4−0.030
1.6
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66MC-HP ■ 5, 15 2.3 B1224
178 58±1
8 30
21
0±
M4 8 Deep ϕ7
A
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
A
ϕ16−0.018(h7)
ϕ20
13
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
Installation Pilot
26 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
15.5 5 27
0
12
300
300
300
A-A
Motor Cable ϕ8
18

5557-02R-210 (Molex) 25−0.21
0
5−0.030
0
3
+0.1
0
90˚
5−0.030
2
5−0.030
0
$The
$A
56
Frame Size 90 mm
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM98MC-HP ■ 5, 15 5.4 B1193
201.5 80±1
10 38
27
Installation Pilot 8 36 4×ϕ9 Thru 90
Product Line
M6 12 Deep
A
Installation Pilot
ϕ85−0.035(h7)
ϕ32
ϕ59
ϕ84
90
0
A 0.3
05
±
Specifications and
ϕ1
13
Characteristics
ϕ25−0.021(h7)
AC Input
A-A
0
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8 28
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Dimensions
0 0 +0.2
36−0.25 7−0.090 4 0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
90˚
8−0.036
8−0.036
3.2
and Operation
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake Flange Output Type
Connection
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46MC-HP ■ F 5, 9 0.83 B1223
+0.25
135.5 15−0.20
Configuration
System
42 3 4×ϕ3.4 Thru ϕ18
0.3
6±
3×M4 6 Deep ϕ4
ϕ39.5
ϕ24
42
40
0˚
(H7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13
C 12
26 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4
+0.012
Product Line
0
15
0
ϕ5
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8 Detail of "C"

ϕ24
Specifications and
Characteristics
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
DC Input
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 0 Customer Components
0.4−0.2
0.5 or more
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
Dimensions
AZM66MC-HP ■ F 5, 15 2.2 B1225
+0.4
178 21−0.5
5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru ϕ30 0.3
0±
6×M4 7 Deep ϕ7
and Operation
Connection
60
60˚
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
ϕ14 0 (H7)
Installation Pilot
13
12 12 28.5
+0.018
26 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27

0
15.5 Encoder Cable ϕ6

Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
300
Equipment
Peripheral

Cables/
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
$The
$A
57
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
kg
5 5.1
AZM98MC-HP ■ F B1194
15 5
+0.4
201.5 27−0.5
10 Installation Pilot 8 90
5 4×ϕ9 Thru ϕ45
ϕ1
05±
0.3
Installation Pilot
ϕ85−0.035(h7)
6×M6 10 Deep
ϕ59
ϕ84
90
0
60°
13
(H7)
+0.021
0ϕ24
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
Encoder Cable ϕ6
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46AC-HS ■ 50, 100 0.65 B1167
102 25±1
2 0.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
18 6×M3 5 Deep ✽
A
60˚
42
0.2
A ϕ20.5± 3
0.
8±
ϕ4
ϕ37.6−0.025(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26.5 (Max. diameter of rotating components)
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
A-A
300
300
11.2

−0.004
3−0.029
3−0.025
0
18−0.18
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0 +0.1
90˚
1.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
✽ position of the output shaft relative to the screw holes on the rotating part cannot be specified. Adjust the position via the size of the screw holes on the load installation surface.
✽The
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66AC-HS ■ 50, 100 1.4 B1168
112 28.5±1
2 1.5 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
20 6×M4 6 Deep ✽ 0±
ϕ7
A
60˚
60
±0.2
A ϕ25.5
ϕ15−0.018(h7)
ϕ54−0.030(h7)
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
Motor Cable ϕ8 A-A

300
300
17

5−0.030
5−0.030
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 20−0.21
0
0
90˚
0 +0.1
2.1 5−0.030 3 0
✽The
$The
$A
58
Frame Size 90 mm
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM98AC-HS ■ 50, 100 3.9 B1189
167.5 40±1.2
3
3.5
15 30 4×ϕ9.2 Thru 90
Product Line
A
ϕ83−0.035(h7)
ϕ50
90
0
A .5
±0
04
Specifications and
ϕ1
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
13
Characteristics
AC Input
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6 25
Dimensions
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
0
8−0.036
8−0.036
30−0.21 0
0
90˚
0 +0.2
3.2 7−0.090 4 0
and Operation
Connection
◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type with an Electromagnetic Brake
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46MC-HS ■ 50, 100 0.82 B1226
Configuration
133 25±1
System
2 0.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
18 6×M3 5 Deep ✽
A
60˚
42
0.2
A ϕ20.5± 3
0.
8±
ϕ4
ϕ37.6−0.025(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26.5 (Max. diameter
of rotating components)
13
Product Line
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
15
A-A
300
300
300
11.2
Motor Cable ϕ8
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 Parallel Key (Included)
Specifications and
Characteristics
−0.004
3−0.029
3−0.025
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 18−0.18
DC Input
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
0 +0.1
90˚
1.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
✽The
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
Dimensions
kg
AZM66MC-HS ■ 50, 100 1.8 B1227
158 28.5±1
2 1.5
20 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
0±
6×M4 6 Deep ✽ ϕ7
and Operation
Connection
A
60˚
60
±0.2
A ϕ25.5
(h7)
ϕ33.5
(Max. diameter of
rotating components)
(h7)
13
12 12 28.5
ϕ15−0.018
ϕ54−0.030

0

Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
300
Equipment
Peripheral
A-A
Cables/

17

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 0 0 +0.1
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 20−0.21 5−0.030 3 0
90˚
2.1
5−0.030
5−0.030
0
✽The
$The
$A
59
Frame Size 90 mm
Mass
kg
AZM98MC-HS ■ 50, 100 4.5 B1195
209 40±1.2
3
3.5
15 30 4×ϕ9.2 Thru 90
ϕ83−0.035(h7)
ϕ50
90
0
A .5
±0
04
ϕ1
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
13
0
A-A
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
Encoder Cable ϕ6 25

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 0
8−0.036
8−0.036
30−0.21
0
90˚
0 +0.2
3.2 7−0.090 4 0
$A
60
$Driver
$
Configuration
Mass
System
Type Product Name 2D CAD
kg
Built-in Controller Type AZD-AD, AZD-CD
B1095
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication AZD-AX, AZD-CX 0.65
Pulse Input Type AZD-A, AZD-C B1097
$The
$ dimensions are for the built-in controller type. The dimensions and included items are the same for all drivers in the table.
Product Line
Slit $Included
$ Items
24 VDC Power Supply Input/Electromagnetic Brake Connection/
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input/Power Shut Down Signal I/O
Connector (CN1)
Connector: DFMC1,5/7-ST-3,5-LR
(PHOENIX CONTACT Inc.)
Specifications and
(95) 125
Characteristics
45 (22.5) 5 Slit ϕ4.5 Thru
AC Input
Connector for Main Power/Regeneration Unit (CN4)
5
Connector: 05JFAT-SAXGDK-H5.0
(J.S.T.MFG.CO.,LTD.)
Connector Wiring Lever
I/O Signals Connector (CN5)

160
150
Connector: DFMC1,5/12-ST-3,5
Dimensions
R2.25
(8.1)
0.5 Protective Earth Terminals 2×M4 35 5

(7.5) (10)
and Operation
Connection
Mass
kg
EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible AZD-AED, AZD-CED
EtherNet/IP compatible AZD-AEP, AZD-CEP 0.68 B1504
Configuration
PROFINET compatible AZD-APN, AZD-CPN
System
Slit $Included
$ Items
Control Power Supply Input/Electromagnetic Brake Connection/
Connector (CN1)
Product Line
(76) 125
45 (22.5) 5 ϕ4.5 Thru
Connector for Main Power/Regeneration Unit (CN4)
Slit
5
Connector: 05JFAT-SAXGDK-H5.0
Specifications and
Characteristics
160
150
DC Input
R2.25
(8.1)
0.5 35 5
Dimensions
(7.5) (10) Protective Earth Terminals 2×M4
Mass
kg
MECHATROLINK- compatible AZD-AM3, AZD-CM3 0.66 B1540
and Operation
SSCNET /H compatible AZD-AS3, AZD-CS3 0.67 B1539

Connection
$The
$ dimensions are SSCNET /H compatible. The dimensions and included items are the same for all drivers in the table.
Slit $Included
$ Items
Control Power Supply Input/Electromagnetic Brake Connection/
Connector (CN1)
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
(76) 125
45 (22.5) 5 ϕ4.5 Thru Connector for Main Power/Regeneration Unit (CN4)
Slit Connector: 05JFAT-SAXGDK-H5.0
5
Input Signal Connector (CN5)

Connector: FK-MC 0,5/5-ST-2,5
160
150
Output Signal Connector (CN6)

Connector: FK-MC 0,5/7-ST-2,5
R2.25
(8.1)
Connector cap✽ (For CN7 A, CN7 B)

0.5 35 5
(7.5) (10) Protective Earth Terminals 2×M4 ✽Included
✽ with SSCNET /H.
61
■Connection and Operation
$Names
$ of Driver Parts
For details about each function, refer to the operating manual for the AZ Series. Either download operating manuals from the Oriental
Motor website or contact your nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type, Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication
The photos show the built-in controller type.
24 VDC Power Supply Input Terminal (CN1) Signal Monitor Indicators

Electromagnetic Brake Connection Terminal (CN1) Axis Setting Switch (ID)
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal (CN1)
Baud Rate Setting Switch (BAUD)
Power Shut Down Signal Input Terminal (CN1)
Function Setting Switch (SW1)
Power Shut Down Monitor Output Terminal (CN1)
HOME PRESET Switch
Encoder Connector (CN2) USB Communication Connector
RS-485 Communication Connector

(CN6, CN7)
Motor Connector (CN3)
Terminating Resistor Setting Switch

(TERM.)
Regeneration Unit Connection Terminal (CN4)

I/O Signal Connector (CN5)
Main Power Supply Input Terminal (CN4)
Protective Earth Terminal
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type
24 VDC Power Supply Input Terminal (CN1) Signal Monitor Indicators

Electromagnetic Brake Connection Terminal (CN1) Current Setting Switch (CURRENT)
Command Filter Setting Switch (FIL)
Function Setting Switch (SW1)
HOME PRESET Switch
Encoder Connector (CN2) USB Communication Connector

62
◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
Configuration
System
Control Power Supply Input Terminal (CN1)
Signal Monitor Indicators
Electromagnetic Brake Connection Terminal (CN1)
Power Shut Down Signal Input Terminal (CN1) IP Address Setting Switch (IP ADDR ×16, ×1)
Product Line
HOME PRESET Switch
Encoder Connector (CN2)
USB Communication Connector
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
EtherNet/IP Communication Connector (CN5, CN6)
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Configuration
◇EtherCAT
◇ Drive Profile compatible
System
Product Line
Power Shut Down Signal Input Terminal (CN1) Node Address Setting Switch (ECAT ID ×10, ×1)
HOME PRESET Switch
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
EtherCAT Communication Connector (CN5 ECAT IN)
Motor Connector (CN3) EtherCAT Communication Connector (CN6 ECAT OUT)
Dimensions
and Operation

Connection

Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
63
◇PROFINET
◇ compatible

Power Shut Down Signal Input Terminal (CN1) SW1 and SW2 (Not used)
HOME PRESET Switch
PROFINET Communication Connector (CN5, CN6)


◇MECHATROLINK-
◇ compatible

Station Address Setting Switch
(STATION No.×10, ×1)
Extended Switch (EXT-IN)

Regeneration Unit Connection Terminal (CN4) MECHATROLINK- Communication Connector (CN7)

MECHATROLINK- Communication Connector (CN8)
64
◇SSCNET
◇ /H compatible
Configuration
System
Shaft Number Setting Switch
Power Shut Down Signal Input Terminal (CN1) (STATION No. ×10, ×1)
Product Line
Extended Switch (EXT-IN)
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
Dimensions
SSCNET /H Communication Connector (CN7 A)
and Operation
SSCNET /H Communication Connector (CN7 B)
Connection
$USB
$ Cable Connection
Configuration
A USB cable is required for connecting the driver to the computer on which the support software MEXE02 is installed.
System
Use a USB cable with the following specifications.
Specifications USB 2.0 (Full Speed)
Length: 3 m or less
Cables
Configuration: A to mini B
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
65
$Connection
$ Diagrams
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type
#Diagram
# for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit #Diagram
# for Connection with Current Source Output Circuit
Host System Driver Host System Driver
IN0 (START)
1
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
IN1 (M0) IN0 (START)
13 1
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN2 (M1) IN1 (M0)
2 13
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN3 (M2) IN2 (M1)
14 2
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN4 (ZHOME) IN3 (M2)
3 14
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN5 (FREE) IN4 (ZHOME)
15 3
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN6 (STOP) IN5 (FREE)
4 15
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN7 (ALM-RST) IN6 (STOP)
16 4
24 VDC 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[0-7]
5
IN7 (ALM-RST)
0V IN8 (FW-JOG) 16
6 IN-COM[0-7] 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 5
IN9 (RV-JOG) 0V 24 VDC
18
24 VDC 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[8-9] IN8 (FW-JOG)
17 6
0V 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
12∼24 VDC
IN9 (RV-JOG)
18
R0 OUT0 (HOME-END) IN-COM[8-9] 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
7 17
10 mA max. ➝
0V
12∼24 VDC R0 OUT0 (HOME-END)
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS) 7
10 mA max.
➝
19
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY) 19
8
Output
Saturation R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
R0 OUT3 (READY) Voltage 8
20 3 VDC max. Output
Saturation
R0 OUT3 (READY) Voltage
R0 OUT4 (MOVE) 20
3 VDC max.
9
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B) 9
21
OUT-COM R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)

10 21
0V Twisted-Pair Wire ASG+
11
ASG− OUT-COM
0V 10
23 26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+ Twisted-Pair Wire ASG+
12 11
BSG− ASG−
24 23 26C31 or Equivalent
GND BSG+
22 12
BSG−
0V 0V 24
GND
Note 22
0V 0V
$Use
$ 24 VDC for the input signals.
$Use
$ output signal at 12∼24 VDC 10 mA or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect Note
an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less. $Use
$Provide
$ a distance of 200 mm or more between the signal lines and power lines (power supply $Use
$ output signal at 12∼24 VDC 10 mA or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect
lines, motor lines). an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines. $Provide
$ a distance of 200 mm or more between the signal lines and power lines (power supply
$If
$ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific lines, motor lines).
wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores. Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines.
$If
$ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific
wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
66
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type with RS-485 Communication, Pulse Input Type
Configuration
#Diagram
# for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit
System
When the pulse input is the line driver When the pulse input is open collector
Host System Driver #When
# the pulse input signal is 5 VDC
Twisted-Pair Wire CW (PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ Host System Driver
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
Twisted-Pair Wire CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
Product Line
2 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
270 Ω 13
CCW (DIR)−
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
0V CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
IN4 (ZHOME) 4.7 kΩ 14
3
2.2 kΩ
IN5 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ 0V

15
2.2 kΩ
Specifications and
#When
Characteristics
IN6 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ
AC Input
4
2.2 kΩ Host System Driver
IN7 (ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ 24 VDC

16 Twisted-Pair Wire CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
IN-COM[4-7] R1✽ CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
5 13
0V
IN8 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+
2
2.2 kΩ R1✽ 270 Ω
CCW(DIR)−
14
Dimensions
IN9 (RV-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[8-9] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
R0
Note
OUT0 (HOME-END)
10 mA max. ➝
7 $Use
$ 5∼24 VDC for CW (PLS) input and CCW (DIR) input. If used at 24 VDC, connect external
resistor R1 (1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.)
and Operation
$If
$ used at 5 VDC, connect the pulse input signal directly without connecting an external resistor.
Connection
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
$Provide
lines, motor lines).
Dimensions
Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
67
#Diagram
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
270 Ω 1
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CW(PLS)−
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN5 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
IN6 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ Host System Driver
4
2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
4.7 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire
IN7 (ALM-RST)
16 R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[4-7] 2.2 kΩ 1
5 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN8 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
6 14
2.2 kΩ
0V
18 ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
IN-COM[8-9] 2.2 kΩ
17 Note
0V $Use
7 resistor R1 (1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.)
10 mA max.
➝
$If
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
0V OUT-COM
10
Twisted-Pair Wire ASG+
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
$If
68
◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
Configuration
#Diagram
System
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
Product Line
2 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
270 Ω 13
CCW (DIR)−
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
3
2.2 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ
Specifications and
#When
Characteristics
IN2 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ
AC Input
4
IN3 (ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ 24 VDC

24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5 13
0V
IN4 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+
2
2.2 kΩ R1✽ 270 Ω
CCW(DIR)−
14
Dimensions
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
R0
Note
OUT0 (HOME-END)
10 mA max. ➝
7 $Use
and Operation
$If
Connection
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
69
#Diagram
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
270 Ω 1
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CW(PLS)−
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
IN2 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ Host System Driver
4
2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
IN3 (ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire
16 R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[0-3] 2.2 kΩ 1
5 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN4 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
6 14
2.2 kΩ
0V
18 ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
IN-COM[4-5] 2.2 kΩ
17 Note
0V $Use
10 mA max.
➝
$If
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20
3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
lines, motor lines). Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them
with power lines.
$If
70
◇EtherCAT
Configuration
#Diagram
System
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
Product Line
2 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
270 Ω 13
CCW (DIR)−
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN0 (HOMES) 4.7 kΩ 14
3
2.2 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ
Specifications and
#When
Characteristics
IN2 (ETO-CLR) 4.7 kΩ
AC Input
4
IN3 (EXT1) 4.7 kΩ 24 VDC

24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5 13
0V
IN4 (FW-LS) 4.7 kΩ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+
2
2.2 kΩ R1✽ 270 Ω
CCW(DIR)−
14
Dimensions
IN5 (RV-LS) 4.7 kΩ
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
R0
Note
OUT0 (HOME-END)
10 mA max. ➝
7 $Use
and Operation
$If
Connection
R0 OUT1 (ETO-MON)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
R0 OUT3 (CRNT) Voltage
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
71
#Diagram
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
270 Ω 1
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CW(PLS)−
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
IN2 (ETO-CLR) 4.7 kΩ Host System Driver
4
2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
IN3 (EXT1) 4.7 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire
16 R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[0-3] 2.2 kΩ 1
5 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN4 (FW-LS) 4.7 kΩ CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
6 14
2.2 kΩ
0V
IN5 (RV-LS) 4.7 kΩ
18 ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
IN-COM[4-5] 2.2 kΩ
17 Note
0V $Use
10 mA max.
➝
$If
R0 OUT1 (ETO-MON)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
R0 OUT3 (CRNT)
20 Voltage
3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
with power lines.
$If
72
◇PROFINET
◇ compatible
Configuration
#Diagram
System
Twisted-Pair Wire CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ Host System Driver
1
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω 5 VDC
1
Product Line
CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ 270 Ω
2 CW(PLS)−
13
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN0(ZHOME) 4.7 kΩ 14
3
2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN1(FREE)
15
2.2 kΩ
Specifications and
#When
Characteristics
IN2(STOP) 4.7 kΩ
AC Input
4
IN3(ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ 24 VDC

2.2 kΩ 1
24 VDC R1✽ 270 Ω
IN-COM[0-3] CW(PLS)−
5 13
0V
IN4(FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+
2
2.2 kΩ R1✽ 270 Ω
CCW(DIR)−
14
Dimensions
IN5(RV-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC ✽ 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R1:
R0
Note
OUT0(HOME-END)
10 mA max. ➝
7 $Use
and Operation
$If
Connection
R0 OUT1(IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2(PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
R0 OUT3(READY) Voltage
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4(MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5(ALM-B)
21
Product Line
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
73
#Diagram
1
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2 CW(PLS)+
270 Ω 1
CCW(DIR)− CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
14
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1(FREE) 4.7 kΩ
15
2.2 kΩ #When
IN2(STOP) 4.7 kΩ Host System Driver
4
2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
Twisted-Pair Wire
IN3(ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ
16 R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ 1
IN-COM[0-3] 270 Ω
5 CW(PLS)−
13
0V 24 VDC
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
IN4(FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
6 14
2.2 kΩ
0V
IN5(RV-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
18 ✽ 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R1:
IN-COM[4-5] 2.2 kΩ
17 Note
0V $Use
12∼24 VDC R0 OUT0(HOME-END)
10 mA max.
➝
$If
R0 OUT1(IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2(PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4(MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5(ALM-B)
21
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
with power lines.
$If
74
◇MECHATROLINK-
◇ compatible
Configuration
#Diagram
System
CN5 24 VDC CN5

24 VDC
IN-COM IN-COM
5 5
IN0(FW-BLK) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ 0V IN0(FW-BLK) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ
1 1
IN1(RV-BLK) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN1(RV-BLK) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ
Product Line
2 2
IN2(EXT1) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN2(EXT1) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ

3 3
IN3(DEC) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN3(DEC) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ

4 4
Specifications and
0V 10 mA max. ➝
4.5∼26.4 VDC CN6
Characteristics
4.5∼26.4 VDC OUT0(ALM-B)+
AC Input
10 mA max. ➝ CN6 1
R0 OUT0(ALM-B)−
R0 OUT0(ALM-B)+ 2
1
OUT0(ALM-B)−
2 OUT1(READY)+
3
R0 OUT1(READY)−
R0 OUT1(READY)+ 4
3
OUT1(READY)−
4 OUT2(MOVE)+
5
Dimensions
R0 OUT2(MOVE)−
R0 OUT2(MOVE)+ 6
5
Twisted-Pair Wire
OUT2(MOVE)− N.C. 7
6
Twisted-Pair Wire 0V
0V N.C. 7
Note
$Use
and Operation
$Use
$ output signal at 4.5∼26.4 VDC 10 mA or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
Connection
$Provide
$ a distance of 200 mm or more between the signal lines and power lines (power supply lines, motor lines).
$If
$ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
◇SSCNET
◇ /H compatible
#Diagram
Configuration
System
24 VDC CN5 24 VDC CN5
IN-COM IN-COM
5 5
IN0(FW-LS) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ 0V IN0(FW-LS) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ
1 1
IN1(RV-LS) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN1(RV-LS) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ

2 2
Product Line
IN2(HOMES) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN2(HOMES) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ
3 3
IN3(FREE) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ IN3(FREE) 4.4 kΩ 1 kΩ

4 4
0V 10 mA max. ➝
4.5∼26.4 VDC CN6
4.5∼26.4 VDC
Specifications and
OUT0(ALM-B)+
10 mA max. ➝ 1
Characteristics
CN6
R0 R0 OUT0(ALM-B)−
DC Input
OUT0(ALM-B)+ 2
1
OUT0(ALM-B)−
2 OUT1(CRNT)+
3
R0 R0 OUT1(CRNT)−
OUT1(CRNT)+ 4
3
OUT1(CRNT)−
4 OUT2(MOVE)+
5
R0 R0 OUT2(MOVE)−
OUT2(MOVE)+ 6
Dimensions
5
Twisted-Pair Wire
OUT2(MOVE)− N.C. 7
6
Twisted-Pair Wire 0V
0V N.C. 7
Note
$Use
$Use
$ output signal at 4.5∼26.4 VDC 10 mA or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
and Operation
$Provide
$ a distance of 200 mm or more between the signal lines and power lines (power supply lines, motor lines).
Connection
$If
$ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
75
AZ Series DC Power Supply Input
■System Configuration
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Built-in Controller Type Driver or Pulse Input
Type Driver with RS-485 Communication
An example of a configuration using RS-485 communication or I/O control with a built-in controller type driver is shown below.
Motors, drivers, and connection cable sets/flexible connection cable sets must be ordered individually.
Not supplied
Please purchase as necessary
Driver
Motor
For Encoder
For Motor
Support Software MEXE02 Cables for DC Power Supplies ➜ Page 142

DC Power Supply
(Main power supply)
Not supplied.
USB Cable
from the website.
The connection method to the host device can be selected

from three types: I/O control, FA network control or Modbus control. Cables for I/O Signals ➜ Page 139
Network
Host Control Device
Converters
➜ Page 147 RS-485 Communication Cables ➜ Page 140
When using FA Network Control
FLEX Communication Cables ➜ Page 141

When using Modbus Control
Motor Mounting Brackets Flexible Couplings Mounting Brackets for Circuit Products Connector Cover

Flexible Couplings
AZM66MK AZD-KD CC010VZFB2 CC24D010C-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MAFP02
Note
$The
76
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Pulse Input Type Driver
Configuration
An example of a single-axis system configuration with a programmable controller (equipped with pulse oscillation function) is shown below.
System
Not supplied
Please purchase as necessary
Product Line
Driver
Motor
For Encoder
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
For Motor
Dimensions
Support Software MEXE02 Cables for DC Power Supplies ➜ Page 142
DC Power Supply
(Main power supply)
and Operation
Connection
Not supplied.
USB Cable
from the website.
Configuration
Host Control
System
Device
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Flexible Couplings
AZM66MK AZD-K CC010VZFB2 CC24D010C-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MAFP02
$$The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are also available. Dimensions
Note
$The
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
77
$Combination
$ of Standard Type Motor with Electromagnetic Brake and Network Compatible Driver
An example of a configuration using I/O control or EtherNet/IP with an EtherNet/IP compatible driver is shown below.
Not supplied
Cables for DC Power Supplies
Please purchase as necessary Not supplied. ➜ Page 142
24 VDC Power Supply
(For control)
Driver
Motor
For Encoder
For Motor

DC Power Supply
(Main power supply)
Not supplied.
●Support software MEXE02 can be downloaded USB Cable

from the website.

Host Control Device
Not supplied.
EtherNet/IP Communication Cables

Motor Driver Connection Cable General Purpose Cable Motor Mounting Mounting Brackets
Flexible Couplings
Set (1 m) Type for I/O Signals (1 m) Brackets for Circuit Products
AZM66MK AZD-KEP CC010VZFB2 CC16D010B-1 PALW2P-5 XGT2-25C-10-10 MAFP02
Note
$The
78
■Product Number
Configuration
System
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type
AZM 6 6 A 0 K F ① Motor Type

Motor Frame Size
1: 20 mm
2: 28 mm
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Product Line
② (Harmonic geared type is 30 mm)
4: 42 mm (HPG geared type is 40 mm)
◇PS,
◇ HPG, Harmonic Geared Type 6: 60 mm
AZM 6 6 A K - HP 15 F ③
④
Motor Case Length
Output Shaft Type A: Single Shaft
M: Type with Electromagnetic Brake
① ② ③ ④ ⑥ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩
Specifications and
⑤ Additional Function✽ 0: Straight 1: With Key
Characteristics
K: DC Input Specification
AC Input
⑥ Motor Type
⑦ Motor Cable Configuration F: Horizontal outlet
Geared Type PS: PS Geared Type HP: HPG Geared Type
⑧
HS: Harmonic Geared Type
⑨ Gear Ratio
Output Shaft Type HPG Geared Type
⑩
Dimensions
Blank: Shaft Output F: Flange Output
✽Standard
✽ type products without an additional function number have a round shaft with a flat.
◇TS
◇ Geared Type
AZM 6 6 A K - TS 7.2 U
① Motor Type AZM: AZ Series Motor
Motor Frame Size 4: 42 mm
②
6: 60 mm
and Operation
Connection
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ③ Motor Case Length
Output Shaft Type A: Single Shaft
④
⑤ Motor Type K: DC Input Specification
⑥ Geared Type TS: TS Geared Type
⑦ Gear Ratio
Configuration
⑧ Cable Outlet Direction U: Up L: Left R: Right
System
◇FC
◇ Geared Type
AZM 6 6 A K - FC 7.2 U A ①
②
Motor Type
Motor Frame Size
4: 42 mm 6: 60 mm
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ A: Single Shaft
Product Line
④ Output Shaft Type
⑤ Motor Type K: DC Input Specification
⑥ Geared Type FC: FC Geared Type
⑦ Gear Ratio
⑧ Cable Outlet Direction✽ D: Down U: Up
⑨ Identification A: Solid Shaft
Specifications and
Characteristics
✽ cable direction is as viewed from the gearhead with the output shaft facing left.
DC Input
✽The
Cable
Output Shaft Output Shaft

Gearhead Gearhead
Dimensions
Cable
Cable Down Cable Up
$Driver
$
AZD - K D
① Driver Type AZD: AZ Series Driver
② Power Supply Input K: 24/48 VDC
Product Line D: Built-in Controller Type
and Operation
① ② ③ X: Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication

Connection
Blank: Pulse Input Type

③
EP: EtherNet/IP compatible
ED: EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible
PN: PROFINET compatible
$Connection
Equipment
CC 050 V Z □ F B 2
Peripheral
① CC: Cable
Cables/
Length 005: 0.5 m 010: 1 m 015: 1.5 m 020: 2 m

② 025: 2.5 m 030: 3 m 040: 4 m 050: 5 m
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 070: 7 m 100: 10 m 150: 15 m 200: 20 m
③ Reference Number
④ Applicable Model Z: For AZ Series
Reference Number Blank: ‌Frame Size 42 mm (HPG Geared Type is 40 mm),
60 mm
⑤
2: Frame Size 20 mm, 28 mm
(Harmonic geared type is 30 mm)
Cable Type F: Connection Cable Sets
⑥
R: Flexible Connection Cable Sets
Description Blank: Without Electromagnetic Brake
⑦
B: With Electromagnetic Brake
⑧ Cable Specifications 2: For DC Input
79
■Product Line
Motors, drivers, and connection cables must be ordered
individually.
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type ◇Standard
◇ Type with Electromagnetic Brake
AZM14AK AZM46MK
20 mm
AZM15AK 42 mm AZM46M0K
AZM24AK AZM46M0KF
28 mm
AZM26AK AZM66MK
AZM46AK AZM66M0K
AZM46A0K AZM66M0KF
AZM46A0KF AZM66M1K
60 mm
42 mm AZM48AK AZM69MK
AZM48A0K AZM69M0K
AZM48A0KF AZM69M0KF
AZM48A1K AZM69M1K
AZM66AK
AZM66A0K
AZM66A0KF
AZM66A1K
60 mm
AZM69AK
AZM69A0K
AZM69A0KF
AZM69A1K
◇TS
◇ Geared Type ◇TS
AZM46AK-TS3.6 AZM46MK-TS3.6
AZM46AK-TS3.6R AZM46MK-TS3.6R
AZM46AK-TS3.6U AZM46MK-TS3.6U
AZM46AK-TS3.6L AZM46MK-TS3.6L
AZM46AK-TS10 AZM46MK-TS10
AZM46AK-TS10R AZM46MK-TS10R
42 mm 42 mm
AZM46AK-TS10U AZM46MK-TS10U
AZM46AK-TS10L AZM46MK-TS10L
60 mm 60 mm
80
Configuration
System
◇FC
◇ Geared Type ◇FC
AZM46AK-FC7.2UA AZM46MK-FC7.2UA
AZM46AK-FC7.2DA AZM46MK-FC7.2DA
Product Line
AZM46AK-FC10UA AZM46MK-FC10UA
AZM46AK-FC10DA AZM46MK-FC10DA
42 mm 42 mm
Specifications and
Characteristics
AZM66AK-FC7.2UA AZM66MK-FC7.2UA
AC Input
AZM66AK-FC7.2DA AZM66MK-FC7.2DA
60 mm 60 mm
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
◇PS
◇ Geared Type ◇PS
AZM24AK-PS7.2 AZM46MK-PS5
28 mm
AZM24AK-PS10 AZM46MK-PS7.2
Configuration
AZM46AK-PS5 AZM46MK-PS10
42 mm
System
42 mm
AZM46AK-PS50 AZM66MK-PS7.2
Product Line
60 mm
60 mm
AZM66AK-PS36
AZM66AK-PS50
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type ◇◇HPG Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Dimensions
AZM46AK-HP5 AZM46MK-HP5
AZM46AK-HP5F AZM46MK-HP5F
40 mm 40 mm
and Operation
Connection
60 mm 60 mm
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type ◇Harmonic
AZM24AK-HS50 AZM46MK-HS50
30 mm 42 mm
42 mm 60 mm
AZM66AK-HS50
60 mm
AZM66AK-HS100
81
$Driver
$
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type ◇Pulse
◇ Input Type with RS-485 Communication
24/48 VDC AZD-KD 24/48 VDC AZD-KX
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type ◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
24/48 VDC AZD-K 24/48 VDC AZD-KEP
◇EtherCAT
◇ Drive Profile compatible ◇PROFINET
◇ compatible
24/48 VDC AZD-KED 24/48 VDC AZD-KPN
$Connection
Use the flexible connection cable set in applications where the cable is bent and flexed. Extension cables and flexible extension cables are
also available. Refer to page 135.
■Included Items
$Motor
$ $Driver
$
Included Items Included Items
Parallel Key Motor Installation Screw Connector
Type Type
Round Shaft with Flat − − Built-in Controller Type
For CN1 (1 piece)
Standard Type Straight Type − − Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication
For CN4 (1 piece)
With Key 1 Piece − Pulse Input Type
Frame Size 42 mm − − EtherNet/IP compatible For CN1 (1 piece)
TS Geared Type
Frame Size 60 mm 1 Piece M4×60 P0.7 (4 screws) EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible For CN4 (1 piece)
FC Geared Type 1 Piece − PROFINET compatible For CN7 (1 piece)
Frame Size 28 mm − −
PS Geared Type
Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm 1 Piece −
Shaft Output 1 Piece −
HPG Geared Type
Flange Output − −
Harmonic Geared Frame Size 30 mm − −
Type Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm 1 Piece −
82
■List of Combinations
Configuration
System
AZM14AK, AZM15AK
AZM24AK, AZM26AK
Standard Type
AZM46 ■ ■ K ■ , AZM48A ■ K ■
AZM66 ■ ■ K ■ , AZM69 ■ ■ K ■
Product Line
AZM46 ■ K-TS □ ■
TS Geared Type
AZM66 ■ K-TS □ ■
AZM46 ■ K-FC □ ■ A
FC Geared Type
AZM66 ■ K-FC □ ■ A
Motor
AZM24AK-PS □
PS Geared Type AZM46 ■ K-PS □
AZM66 ■ K-PS □
Specifications and
Characteristics
AZM46 ■ K-HP □ ■
AC Input
HPG Geared Type
AZM66 ■ K-HP □ ■
AZM24AK-HS □
Harmonic Geared Type AZM46 ■ K-HS □
AZM66 ■ K-HS □
Dimensions
Built-in Controller Type AZD-KD
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication AZD-KX
Pulse Input Type AZD-K
Driver
EtherNet/IP compatible AZD-KEP
and Operation
EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible AZD-KED
Connection
PROFINET compatible AZD-KPN

For AZM14, AZM15, Connection Cable Set CC◇◇◇VZ2F2
AZM24, AZM26 Flexible Connection Cable Sets CC◇◇◇VZ2R2
Configuration
Connection Cable Sets/ For Motor/Encoder: CC◇◇◇VZF2
Connection Cable Set
System
Flexible Connection Cable Sets For AZM46, AZM48, For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake: CC◇◇◇VZFB2
AZM66, AZM69 For Motor/Encoder: CC◇◇◇VZR2
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake: CC◇◇◇VZRB2
$A
$ letter or number indicating the following types is specified where the symbol is located in the product name.
■ : Output Shaft Configuration
Product Line
■ : Additional Function
■ : Motor Cable Configuration
□: Gear Ratio
■ : Cable Outlet Direction
■ : Output Shaft Type
◇: Cable Length
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
83
Standard Type Frame Size 20 mm, 28 mm
■Specifications ✽1✽2
Motor Product Name Single Shaft AZM14AK AZM15AK AZM24AK AZM26AK

Driver Product Name AZD-K ■
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.02 0.036 0.095 0.19
Holding Torque at Motor Standstill N·m 0.01 0.018 0.047 0.095
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 2.7×10-7 3.9×10-7 9.2×10-7 17×10-7
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.36˚/Pulse
Power Supply Input
Control Power Supply✽1
✽ Excluding AZD-KD, AZD-KX, and AZD-K
✽1
✽ Excluding the motor
✽2

AZM14 AZM15
0.030 0.05
0.025
0.04
0.020
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.03
0.015
0.02
0.010
0.01
0.005
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
AZM24 AZM26
0.12 0.25
0.10
0.20
0.08
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.15
0.06
0.10
0.04
0.05
0.02
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Note
$Data
$Depending
■Explanation of Terminology in Specifications Table

Max. holding torque : ‌This is the max. holding torque (holding force) the motor has when power is supplied (at rated current) but the motor is not rotating. (With geared
types, the value of holding torque considers the permissible strength of the gear.)
Permissible torque : This is the max. value of the torque continuously applied to the output gear shaft.
Max. instantaneous torque : This is the max. torque that can be applied to the output gear shaft during acceleration/deceleration such when an inertial load is started and
stopped.
Holding torque at motor standstill While power is on : This is the holding torque when the automatic current cutback function is active.
Electromagnetic brake : This is the static friction torque when the electromagnetic brake is activated at standstill. (Electromagnetic brake is power
off activated type.)
84
Standard Type
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm, 60 mm
System
■Specifications ✽2
Single Shaft AZM46A □K ■ AZM48A □K ■ AZM66A □K ■ AZM69A □K ■

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46M □K ■ − AZM66M □K ■ AZM69M □K ■
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.3 0.72 1 2
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 0.15 0.36 0.5 1
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.15 − 0.5 1
55×10-7 370×10-7 740×10-7
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 115×10-7
(71×10-7)✽1 (530×10-7)✽1 (900×10-7)✽1
Specifications and
Characteristics
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.36˚/Pulse
AC Input
Power Supply Input
Check “ ■Driver Specifications” on page 95 for the driver current when combined with a motor.
$Either
$ 0 (Straight) or 1 (With key) indicating the additional function is specified where the box □ is located in the product name. (AZM46 is straight only)
For round shaft with a flat, there is no character in the box □.
If the motor cable configuration is horizontal outlet, an F is specified where the box ■ is located in the product name.
Dimensions
$When
$ the motor is operated from 48 VDC input, as a reference, use an inertial load 10 times the rotor inertial ratio or less and twice the safety factor or more when calculating the acceleration torque
(excluding AZM46).
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
AZM46 AZM48
0.4 1.0
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
0.8
0.3
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6
Configuration
0.2
System
0.4
0.1
0.2
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Product Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
AZM66 AZM69
1.5 3
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
1.0 2
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.5 1
0 0
Dimensions
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Note
$Data
and Operation
$Depending
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
85
Single Shaft AZM46AK-TS3.6 □ AZM46AK-TS7.2 □ AZM46AK-TS10 □ AZM46AK-TS20 □ AZM46AK-TS30 □

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MK-TS3.6 □ AZM46MK-TS7.2 □ AZM46MK-TS10 □ AZM46MK-TS20 □ AZM46MK-TS30 □
Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.65 1.2 1.7 2 2.3
Gear Ratio 3.6 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.1˚/Pulse 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 0.65 1.2 1.7 2 2.3
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽N·m 0.85 1.6 2 ✽ 3
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 0.54 1 1.5 1.8 2.3
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.54 1 1.5 1.8 2.3
Speed Range r/min 0∼833 0∼416 0∼300 0∼150 0∼100
Backlasharcmin 45 (0.75˚) 25 (0.42˚) 15 (0.25˚)
Power Supply Input
$Either
✽1
✽2

1.0 2.0 2.5
Maximum Instantaneous Torque 48 VDC 48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC
0.8 2.0
Permissible Torque
Permissible Torque
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6 1.5
1.0
0.4 1.0
0.5
0.2 0.5
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

4 4
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
3 3
Permissible Torque
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Permissible Torque
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
86
TS Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 60 mm
System
Single Shaft AZM66AK-TS3.6 □ AZM66AK-TS7.2 □ AZM66AK-TS10 □ AZM66AK-TS20 □ AZM66AK-TS30 □

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM66MK-TS3.6 □ AZM66MK-TS7.2 □ AZM66MK-TS10 □ AZM66MK-TS20 □ AZM66MK-TS30 □
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 1.8 3 4 5 6
Gear Ratio 3.6 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.1˚/Pulse 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 1.8 3 4 5 6
Specifications and
Characteristics
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽N·m ✽ ✽ ✽ 8 10
AC Input
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 1.1 2.2 3 5 6
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 1.1 2.2 3 5 6
Speed Range r/min 0∼833 0∼416 0∼300 0∼150 0∼100
Backlasharcmin 35 (0.59˚) 15 (0.25˚) 10 (0.17˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
$Either
$When
$ the motor is operated from 48 VDC input, as a reference, use an inertial load 10 times the rotor inertial ratio or less and twice the safety factor or more when calculating the acceleration torque.
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
2.5 5 6
48 VDC 48 VDC 48 VDC
Configuration
24 VDC 24 VDC 5 24 VDC
2.0 4
System
4
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.5 3 Torque [N·m] Permissible

Permissible Permissible Torque
Torque Torque 3
1.0 2
2
0.5 1
1
Product Line
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Specifications and
Characteristics
10 12
DC Input
48 VDC 48 VDC
Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC 10 24 VDC
8
8
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6
6
4
4
Dimensions
2
2
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
and Operation
Connection
Note
$Data
$Depending
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
87
FC Geared Type Frame Size 42 mm
Single Shaft AZM46AK-FC7.2 □A AZM46AK-FC10 □A AZM46AK-FC20 □A AZM46AK-FC30 □A

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MK-FC7.2 □A AZM46MK-FC10 □A AZM46MK-FC20 □A AZM46MK-FC30 □A
Gear Ratio 7.2 10 20 30
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.018˚/Pulse 0.012˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque 0.7 1 2 3
Holding Torque at MotorPower ON N·m 0.7 1 2 3
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.7 1 2 3
Speed Range r/min 0∼416 0∼300 0∼150 0∼100
Backlasharcmin 25 (0.42˚) 15 (0.25˚)
Power Supply Input
$Either
✽1
✽2

1.0 1.5
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
0.8 1.2
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.6 0.9
0.4 0.6
0.2 0.3
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

3.0 4
48 VDC 48 VDC
2.5 24 VDC 24 VDC
Permissible Torque
3
Permissible Torque
2.0
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.5 2
1.0
1
0.5
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
88
FC Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 60 mm
System
Single Shaft AZM66AK-FC7.2 □A AZM66AK-FC10 □A AZM66AK-FC20 □A AZM66AK-FC30 □A

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM66MK-FC7.2 □A AZM66MK-FC10 □A AZM66MK-FC20 □A AZM66MK-FC30 □A
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Gear Ratio 7.2 10 20 30
Permissible Torque 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Specifications and
Characteristics
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
AC Input
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 2.5 3.5 7 10.5
Backlash arcmin 15 (0.25˚) 10 (0.17˚)
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
$Either
$When
$ the motor is operated from 48 VDC input, as a reference, use an inertial load 10 times the rotor inertial ratio or less and twice the safety factor or more when calculating the acceleration torque.
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
4 5
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
4
Permissible Torque
Configuration
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
3
2
System
2
1
1
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300
Product Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

10 15
48 VDC 48 VDC
Specifications and
24 VDC 24 VDC
Characteristics
8
DC Input
10
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
4
5
Dimensions
0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
and Operation
Connection
$Depending
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
89
Motor Product Name Single Shaft AZM24AK-PS7.2 AZM24AK-PS10

Max. Holding Torque N·m 0.3 0.5
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 9.2×10-7
Gear Ratio 7.2 10
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 0.3 0.5
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽ N·m ✽ −
Holding Torque at Motor Standstill N·m 0.2 0.27
Permissible Speed Range r/min 0∼416 0∼300
Power Supply Input Check “ ■ Driver Specifications” on page 95 for the driver
Control Power Supply✽2 current when combined with a motor.
✽1
✽ Excluding the motor
✽2

0.5 0.6
Permissible Torque
0.5
0.4
Permissible Torque 0.4

Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
$Data
$Depending
90
PS Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm
System
Single Shaft AZM46AK-PS5 AZM46AK-PS7.2 AZM46AK-PS10 AZM46AK-PS25 AZM46AK-PS36 AZM46AK-PS50

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MK-PS5 AZM46MK-PS7.2 AZM46MK-PS10 AZM46MK-PS25 AZM46MK-PS36 AZM46MK-PS50
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 1 1.5 2.5 3
Gear Ratio 5 7.2 10 25 36 50
Resolution Resolution setting: 1000 P/R 0.072˚/Pulse 0.05˚/Pulse 0.036˚/Pulse 0.0144˚/Pulse 0.01˚/Pulse 0.0072˚/Pulse
Permissible Torque N·m 1 1.5 2.5 3
Specifications and
Characteristics
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽ N·m ✽ 2 6 ✽ 6
AC Input
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 3
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 3
Power Supply Input
Dimensions
✽1
✽2
and Operation
Connection
2.0 2.5 2.5
24 VDC Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC
2.0 2.0
1.5
Permissible Torque
Configuration
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.5 1.5
Permissible
System
1.0 Torque
Permissible
Torque 1.0 1.0
0.5
0.5 0.5
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300
Product Line
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50

8 8 8
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
6 6 6
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
4 4 4
Permissible Torque
2 2 2
Dimensions
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
$Data
and Operation
Connection
$Depending
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
91
Single Shaft AZM66AK-PS5 AZM66AK-PS7.2 AZM66AK-PS10 AZM66AK-PS25 AZM66AK-PS36 AZM66AK-PS50

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM66MK-PS5 AZM66MK-PS7.2 AZM66MK-PS10 AZM66MK-PS25 AZM66MK-PS36 AZM66MK-PS50
Gear Ratio 5 7.2 10 25 36 50
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽ N·m ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽ 20
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 2.5 3.6 5 7.6 8
Standstill Electromagnetic BrakeN·m 2.5 3.6 5 7.6 8
Speed Range r/min 0∼600 0∼416 0∼300 0∼120 0∼83 0∼60
Backlasharcmin 7 (0.12˚) 9 (0.15˚)
Power Supply Input
$$ When the motor is operated from 48 VDC input, as a reference, use an inertial load 10 times the rotor inertial ratio or less and twice the safety factor or more when calculating the acceleration torque.
✽1
✽2

6 10 12
5 24 VDC 24 VDC 10 24 VDC
8
Permissible Torque
4 8
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
6
3 6
4 Permissible
2 Permissible 4
Torque Torque
2
1 2
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50

15 25 25
24 VDC 24 VDC Maximum Instantaneous Torque 24 VDC
20 20
10 Permissible
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque 15 15
10 10
5
5 5
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50
Note
$Data
$Depending
92
HPG Geared Type
Configuration
Frame Size 40 mm, 60 mm
System
Single Shaft AZM46AK-HP5 □ AZM46AK-HP9 □ AZM66AK-HP5 □ AZM66AK-HP15 □

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake AZM46MK-HP5 □ AZM46MK-HP9 □ AZM66MK-HP5 □ AZM66MK-HP15 □
Product Line
Max. Holding Torque N·m 1.5 2.5 5 9
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 55×10-7 (71×10-7)✽1 370×10-7 (530×10-7)✽1
Inertia✽2 J: kg·m2 5.8×10-7 (4.2×10-7) 3.4×10-7 (2.9×10-7) 92×10-7 (86×10-7) 78×10-7 (77×10-7)
Gear Ratio 5 9 5 15
Specifications and
Characteristics
Permissible Torque✽N·m ✽ 2.5 ✽ 9
AC Input
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽N·m ✽ ✽ ✽ ✽
Holding Torque at Motor Power ON N·m 0.75 1.35 2.5 7.5
Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m 0.75 1.35 2.5 7.5
Output Flange Surface Runout✽3 mm 0.02
Dimensions
Output Flange Inner Runout✽3 mm 0.03 0.04
Power Supply Input
$ the flange output type, F is specified where the box □ is located in the product name.
$For
and Operation
$As
$ a reference, when the motor is operated with 48 VDC input, use a load inertia that is at least twice the safety factor but no more than 10 times the rotor inertial ratio when calculating the acceleration
Connection
torque. (Excluding AZM46)
✽1
✽ This is the value of the internal inertia of the gear converted to the motor shaft. ( ) contain values for the flange output type.
✽2
✽ Value for the flange output type.
✽3
✽4
Configuration
System
2.0 4
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC Permissible Torque 24 VDC
Product Line
1.5 3
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
1.0 2
0.5 1
Specifications and
Characteristics
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 100 200 300 400 500
DC Input
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

6 20
Dimensions
48 VDC 48 VDC
5 24 VDC 24 VDC
16
4
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
12
3
8 Permissible
2 Torque
and Operation
Connection
4
1
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 50 100 150 200 250
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
Equipment
Peripheral
$Data
Cables/
$Depending
93
Harmonic Geared Type Frame Size 30 mm, 42 mm, 60 mm
Single Shaft AZM24AK-HS50 AZM24AK-HS100 AZM46AK-HS50 AZM46AK-HS100 AZM66AK-HS50 AZM66AK-HS100

Motor Product Name
With Electromagnetic Brake − − AZM46MK-HS50 AZM46MK-HS100 AZM66MK-HS50 AZM66MK-HS100
Rotor Inertia J: kg·m2 12×10-7 72×10-7 (88×10-7)✽1 405×10-7 (565×10-7)✽1
Gear Ratio 50 100 50 100 50 100
Permissible Torque N·m 1.8 2.4 3.5 5 7 10
Max. Instantaneous Torque✽N·m 3.3 4.8 8.3 11 ✽ 36
Holding Torque at Power ON N·m 1.8 2.4 3.5 5 7 10
Motor Standstill Electromagnetic Brake N·m − − 3.5 5 7 10
Lost Motion 1.5 max. 1.5 max. 1.5 max. 1.5 max. 0.7 max. 0.7 max.
arcmin
(Load torque) (±0.09 N·m) (±0.12 N·m) (±0.16 N·m) (±0.20 N·m) (±0.28 N·m) (±0.39 N·m)
Power Supply Input
$When
$ the motor is operated from 48 VDC input, as a reference, use an inertial load 10 times the rotor inertial ratio or less and twice the safety factor or more when calculating the acceleration torque
(excluding AZM46).
✽1
✽2
✽ Excluding the 30 mm frame size motor
✽3
Note
$The
$ rotor inertia represents a sum of the inertia of the harmonic gear converted to motor shaft values.

5 12 30
48 VDC 48 VDC
10 24 VDC 25 24 VDC
4
8 20
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
3
6 15
4 Permissible Torque 10
Permissible Torque
1
2 5
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
8 15 50
48 VDC 48 VDC
24 VDC 24 VDC
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
Torque [N·m]
30
4
10
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Note
$Data
$Depending
94
■Driver Specifications
Configuration
System
AZD-KEP
AZD-KX
Driver Product Name AZD-KD AZD-KED
AZD-K
AZD-KPN
AZM14, AZM15
24 VDC±5%
AZM24, AZM26
Input Voltage
Product Line
AZM46, AZM48 - 24 VDC±5%✽1 - 24 VDC±5%
AZM66, AZM69 - 48 VDC±5% - 48 VDC±5%
AZM14 0.5 A 0.4 A
Main Power AZM15 0.6 A 0.5 A
Supply AZM24 1.6 A 1.6 A
AZM26 1.6 A 1.5 A
Input Current
Specifications and
AZM46 1.72 A (1.8 A)✽2 1.5 A
Characteristics
AZM48 2.2 A 2.1 A
AC Input
AZM66 3.55 A (3.8 A)✽2 3.3 A
AZM69 3.45 A (3.7 A)✽2 3.1 A
Control Power Input Voltage − 24 VDC±5%✽1
Supply Input Current − 0.15 A (0.4 A)✽3
·· 2 Points, Photocoupler
Dimensions
·· Maximum Input Pulse Frequency
Pulse Input −
Line Driver: 1 MHz (50% duty)
Open Collector: 250 kHz (50% duty)
Interface Control Input 10 Points, Photocoupler 6 Points, Photocoupler
Pulse Output 2 Points, Line Driver
Control Output 6 Points, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
and Operation
Connection
−
Power Shut Down Monitor Output − 1 Point, Photocoupler and Open-Collector
✽1
✽2
✽3
■Driver Functions
Configuration
System
$Built-in
$ Controller Type, Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication, Pulse Input Type, EtherNet/IP compatible,
PROFINET compatible
AZD-KEP
Driver Product Name AZD-KD AZD-KX AZD-K
AZD-KPN
Number of Positioning Data Sets 256 Points 256 Points✽1 256 Points
Product Line
Input 16 Points − 16 Points
Remote I/O
Output 16 Points − 16 Points
Coordinates Management Method Battery-Free Absolute System
Positioning Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Product Line
Positioning Push-Motion Operation✽2 ○✽1
Specifications and
○ ○ ○
Characteristics
Independent Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
DC Input
Positioning
Linking Sequential Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Operation
Multistep Speed-Change (Configuration Connection) ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Operation Sequence Loop Operation (Repeating) ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Control Event Jump Operation ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Speed Control Operation (Continuous operation) ○ ○ ○✽1 ○
Dimensions
Return-To-Home Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
Return-To-Home Operation
High-Speed Return-to-Home Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
JOG Operation ○ ○ ○ ○
Waveform Monitoring ○ ○ ○ ○
Overload Detection ○ ○ ○ ○
Overheat Detection (Motor/Driver) ○ ○ ○ ○
and Operation
Monitor/Information Position/Speed Information ○ ○ ○ ○

Connection
Temperature Detection (Motor/Driver) ○ ○ ○ ○

Motor Load Factor ○ ○ ○ ○
Distance Traveled/Integrating Distance Traveled ○ ○ ○ ○
Alarm ○ ○ ○ ○
✽ This can be used via the support software MEXE02.
✽1
✽ Push-motion operation is not used in the DG Series linear & rotary actuators or geared motors.
✽2
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$EtherCAT
$ Drive Profile compatible
Driver Product Name AZD-KED
Input 16 Points
Remote I/O
Output 16 Points
Profile Position Mode (PP)
Profile Speed Mode (PV)
Operation Mode Return-to-Home Mode (HM)
Cyclic Synchronous Position Mode (CSP)
Cyclic Synchronous Speed Mode (CSV)
Coordinates Management Method Battery-Free Absolute System
Alarm ○
95
■Communication Specifications
$RS-485
$ Communication
Protocol Modbus RTU Mode
EIA-485 Based, Straight Cable
Electrical Characteristics
Use twisted-pair cables (TIA/EIA-568B CAT5e or better recommended). The max. total extension length is 50 m. ✽
Communication Mode Half Duplex and Start-Stop Synchronization (Data: 8 bits, stop bit: 1 bit or 2 bits, parity: none, even, or odd)
Baud Rate 9600 bps/19200 bps/38400 bps/57600 bps/115200 bps/230400 bps are available
Connection Type Up to 31 units can be connected to a single programmable controller (master equipment).
✽ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
✽If
$EtherNet/IP
$
Communication Protocol EtherNet/IP (Complies with CT16)
Vendor ID 187: Oriental Motor Company
Device Type 43: Generic Device
Baud Rate 10/100 Mbps (Autonegotiation)
Communication Mode Full Duplex/Half Duplex (Autonegotiation)
Stroke/Cross, Category 5e min.
Output (Scanner➜driver) 40 bytes
Bytes
Input (Driver➜scanner) 56 bytes
Compatible Connections 2
Connection Type Exclusive Owner, Input Only
Communication Cycle (RPI) 1∼3200 ms
Implicit Communication
Connection Type (Scanner➜driver) Point−to−Point
Connection Type (Driver➜scanner) Point−to−Point, Multicast
Data Reflection Trigger Cyclic
IP Address Setting Method IP Address Setting Switch, Parameter, DHCP
Compatible Topologies Star, Linear, Ring (Device Level Ring)
$EtherCAT
$
Communication Protocol IEC 61158 Type12
Physical Layer/Protocol 100 BASE-TX (IEEE 802.3)
Baud Rate 100 Mbps
·· Free Run Mode: 1 ms min.
Communication Cycle ·· SM2 Event Synchronous Mode: 1 ms min.
·· DC Mode: 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, 2 ms, 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 6 ms, 7 ms, 8 ms
RJ45×2 (Shield-compatible)
Communication Port/
ECAT IN: EtherCAT Input
Connector
ECAT OUT: EtherCAT Output
Topology Daisy Chain (Max. 65,535 nodes)
Process Data Variable PDO Mapping
·· SM0: Mailbox Output
·· SM1: Mailbox Input
Sync Manager
·· SM2: Process Data Output
·· SM3: Process Data Input
·· Emergency Messages
·· SDO Requests
Mailbox (CoE)
·· SDO Responses
·· SDO Information
·· Free Run Mode (Asynchronous)
Synchronous Mode ·· SM2 Event Synchronous Mode
·· DC Mode (SYNC0 Event Synchronous)
Device Profile IEC 61800-7 CiA402 Drive Profile
$PROFINET
$
Communication Protocol PROFINET IO Ver.2.4
Vendor ID 0x33E: ORIENTAL MOTOR
Baud Rate 100 Mbps (Autonegotiation)
Communication Mode Full Duplex (Autonegotiation)
Stroke/Cross, Category 5e min. Recommended
Communication Connector RJ45×2 (Shield-compatible)
Conformance Class B
RT/IRT RT
NetLoad Class
Supported Protocols DCP, LLDP, SNMP, MRP✽
Output (Host System➜driver) 40 byte
Bytes
Input (Driver➜host system) 56 byte
Compatible Topologies Star, Tree, Line, Ring✽
✽Specifications
✽ will vary according to the driver. Identify them using either the Module Software Version or the driver’s date of manufacture.
The Module Software Version can be confirmed on either the MEXE02 PROFINET monitor or the host system’s setting tool.
- If the Module Software Version is 2.00 or later or the driver’s date of manufacture is June 2022 or later
Compatible with MRP and Ring.
- If the Module Software Version is 1.00 or earlier or the driver’s date of manufacture is May 2022 or earlier
The driver is certified as a 1-port PROFINET product. The output LLDP/SNMP information is the same regardless of which communication connector it is connected to.
Not compatible with MRP or Ring.
96
■General Specifications
Configuration
System
Motor Driver
130 (B)
Thermal Class −
[UL/CSA is certified as compliant with 105 (A)]
100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the
100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied
following places:
Insulation Resistance between the following places:
Product Line
·· Case–Motor Winding
·· Protective Earth Terminal–Power Supply Terminal
·· Case–Electromagnetic Brake Winding✽1
Sufficient to withstand the following for 1 minute:

AZM14, AZM15, AZM24, AZM26
·· Case–Motor Winding 0.5 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Dielectric Strength −
AZM46, AZM48, AZM66, AZM69
Specifications and
·· Case–Motor Winding 1.0 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Characteristics
·· Case–Electromagnetic Brake Winding✽1 1.0 kVAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz
AC Input
Ambient Temperature 0∼+40˚C (Non-freezing) 0∼+50˚C (Non-freezing)
Operating Environment (In
Ambient Humidity 85% or less (Non-condensing)
operation)
Atmosphere No corrosive gases or dust. The product should not be exposed to water, oil or other liquids.
AZM14, AZM15, AZM24, AZM26, AZM46✽2,
AZM48✽2, AZM66✽2, AZM69✽2:
Dimensions
Degree of Protection IP40 (excluding installation surfaces and connectors) IP10
AZM46, AZM48, AZM66, AZM69:
IP66 (excluding installation surfaces and connectors)
AZM14, AZM15, AZM24, AZM26: ±5 arc minutes (±0.083°)
Stop Position Accuracy AZM46, AZM48: ±4 arc minutes (±0.067°)
AZM66, AZM69: ±3 arch minutes (±0.05°)
and Operation
Shaft Runout 0.05T.I.R. (mm)✽3 −
Connection
Concentricity of Installation Pilot to the Shaft 0.075T.I.R. (mm)✽3 −
Perpendicularity of Installation Surface to the Shaft 0.075T.I.R. (mm)✽3 −
AZM14, AZM15, AZM24, AZM26: ±450 rotations (900 rotations)
Multiple Rotation Detection Range in Power OFF State
AZM46, AZM48, AZM66, AZM69: ±900 rotations (1800 rotations)
✽ Only for products with an electromagnetic brake.
✽1 ϕ0.075 A
✽ If the motor cable configuration is horizontal outlet
✽2
Configuration
0.05
✽ T. I. R. (Total Indicator Reading): The total dial gauge reading when the measurement section is rotated once around the reference axis center.
✽3
System
Note
$Separate
$ the motor and driver when measuring insulation resistance or performing a dielectric voltage withstand test. A
Also, do not perform these tests on the absolute sensor part of the motor.
■Electromagnetic Brake Specifications

0.075 A
Product Line
Product Name AZM46 AZM66 AZM69
Type Power Off Activated Type
Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC±5%✽
Power Supply Current A 0.08 0.25 0.25
Time Rating Continuous
Specifications and
Characteristics
✽ the type with an electromagnetic brake, a 24 VDC±4% specification applies if the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m using a cable.
✽For
DC Input
■Rotation Direction
This indicates the rotation direction when viewed from the output $$Standard Type Motor
shaft side of the motor.
Dimensions
The rotation direction of the output gear shaft relative to the
standard type motor output shaft varies depending on the gear
type and gear ratio.
Please check the following table.
Rotation Direction when Clockwise Rotation
Type Gear Ratio Viewed from the Output
and Operation
CW
Connection
Shaft Side of the Motor

3.6, 7.2, 10 Same Direction
TS Geared Type
20, 30 Opposite Direction
Counterclockwise Rotation
FC Geared Type CCW
PS Geared Type Total Gear Ratio Same Direction
HPG Geared Type
Harmonic Geared Type Total Gear Ratio Opposite Direction
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
97
■Motor Installation
When installing, pay particular attention to the installation location,
because the absolute sensor can easily be affected by magnetic
A mm A mm
force.
$Installing
$ a Motor with a Frame Size of 28 mm or Less
When installing the motor in parallel, leave a buffer space that is A mm A mm A mm
equal to or greater than the other motor's size (frame size) both
horizontally and vertically.
A mm A mm
$Reference
$
Other Motor A
Frame Size 20 mm 20
Opposing Motor
Frame Size 28 mm 28
Frame Size
Frame Size 42 mm 42 A mm
Frame Size 60 mm 60
$Leave
$ a buffer space equal to or greater than the motor's frame size (A mm).
$Installing
$ a Motor in an Environment with a Field System
Ensure that the magnetic flux density of the absolute sensor surface does not exceed the value in the table.
Motor Frame Size Magnetic Flux Density
28 mm max. 2 mT✽
42 mm min. 10 mT
✽ it exceeds 1 mT but is 2 mT or less, use with the operating ambient temperature above 20°C but 40°C or less.
✽If
■Permissible Radial Load and Permissible Axial Load Unit: N
Permissible Radial Load

Motor Frame
Type Product Name Gear Ratio Distance from Shaft End mm Permissible Axial Load
Size
0 5 10 15 20
20 mm AZM14, AZM15 12 15 − − − 3
28 mm AZM24, AZM26 25 34 52 − − 5
Standard Type AZM46 − 35 44 58 85 −
42 mm 15
AZM48 30 35 44 58 85
60 mm AZM66, AZM69 90 100 130 180 270 30
3.6, 7.2, 10 20 30 40 50 −
42 mm AZM46 15
20, 30 40 50 60 70 −
TS Geared Type
3.6, 7.2, 10 120 135 150 165 180
60 mm AZM66 40
20, 30 170 185 200 215 230
42 mm AZM46 180 200 220 250 − 100
FC Geared Type 7.2, 10, 20, 30
60 mm AZM66 270 290 310 330 350 200
28 mm AZM24 7.2, 10 45 60 80 100 − 40
5 70 80 95 120 −
7.2 80 90 110 140 −
10 85 100 120 150 −
42 mm AZM46 100
25 120 140 170 210 −
36 130 160 190 240 −
PS Geared Type 50 150 170 210 260 −
5 170 200 230 270 320
7.2 200 220 260 310 370
10 220 250 290 350 410
60 mm AZM66 200
25 300 340 400 470 560
36 340 380 450 530 630
50 380 430 500 600 700
5 150 170 190 230 270 430
40 mm AZM46
9 180 200 230 270 320 510
HPG Geared Type
5 250 270 300 330 360 700
60 mm AZM66
15 360 380 420 460 510 980
30 mm AZM24 100 135 175 250 − 140
Harmonic
42 mm AZM46 50, 100 180 220 270 360 510 220
Geared Type
60 mm AZM66 320 370 440 550 720 450
$The
$ product names are listed such that the product names are distinguishable.
$ PS geared type and HPG geared type have a full lifespan of 20,000 hours when either the permissible radial load or the permissible axial load is applied.
$The
For the life of gearhead, please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office, or visit the Oriental Motor website.
$Radial
$ Load and Axial Load
Distance from Shaft End [mm]
20
15
10
5
Axial Load
Radial Load
98
■Permissible Moment Load
Configuration
System
If an eccentric load is applied to the output flange-installation surface, load moment acts on the bearing.
Confirm before use that the axial load and load moment are within specification with the following formulas.
$HPG
$ Geared Type Flange Output Type
Constant m : Load mass (kg)
Product Name Gear Ratio Permissible Axial Load (N) Permissible Moment Load (N·m)
Product Line
a(m) g : Gravitational acceleration (m/s2)
5 430 4.9 F : External force (N)
AZM46 0.006
9 510 5.9 L : Overhung distance (m)
5 700 12.0 a : Constant (m)
AZM66 0.011
15 980 17.2 F : Load applied to output flange face (N)
Fs : Permissible axial load (N)
Specifications and
M : Load moment (N·m)
Characteristics
The load moment can be calculated with the following formula.
AC Input
M : Permissible moment load (N·m)

the center of the output flange center of the output flange
Dimensions
Support Point ⦁Load Moment
mg
and Operation
Connection
Support Point ⦁Axial Load
Configuration
System
Product Line
$Harmonic
$ Geared Type
Motor Constant
Permissible Axial Load (N) Permissible Moment Load (N·m)
Frame Size a(m)
30 mm 140 2.9 0.0073
42 mm 220 5.6 0.009
60 mm 450 11.6 0.0114
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
The permissible moment load can be calculated with the following formula.

the center of the output flange center of the output flange
Dimensions
mg
and Operation
Connection

Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
■Harmonic Geared Type Accuracy

➜ Page 41
99
■Load Torque – Driver Input Current Characteristics
This is the relationship between load torque and driver input Motor Shaft Speed=Output Gear Shaft Speed×Gear Ratio [r/min]
current at various speeds under actual operation conditions. Output Gear Shaft Torque
Due to these characteristics, it is possible to estimate the power Motor Shaft Torque= [N·m]
Gear Ratio
supply capacity required to use the multi-axis. For geared types,
use the speed and torque at the motor shaft.
$24
$ VDC $48
$ VDC
AZM14 AZM46 AZM46
0.4 1.6 1.6
2000 r/min 1000 r/min
1.4 4000 r/min 1.4 2000 r/min
4000 r/min 500 r/min 2000 r/min 1000 r/min 4000 r/min 3000 r/min
3000 r/min

0.3 1.2 1.2
5000 r/min 500 r/min
6000 r/min 1.0 1.0 1000 r/min
3000 r/min
0.2 0.8 0.8
500 r/min
0.6 0.6
0.1 0.4 0.4

0.2 0.2
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
Load Torque [mN·m] Load Torque [N·m] Load Torque [N·m]
AZM15 AZM48 AZM48

0.5 2.5 2.5
4000 r/min 2000 r/min
1000 r/min
5000 r/min 3000 r/min 4000 r/min
0.4 500 r/min 2.0 2.0
2000 r/min 1000 r/min 500 r/min 3000 r/min 2000 r/min
6000 r/min

3000 r/min 1000 r/min
4000 r/min
0.3 1.5 1.5
500 r/min
0.2 1.0 1.0
0.1 0.5 0.5
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
AZM24 AZM66 AZM66

1.4 3.5 3.5
3000 r/min 2000 r/min
4000 r/min
1.2 5000 r/min 3.0 3.0 3000 r/min 2000 r/min
3000 r/min 2000 r/min 1000 r/min
6000 r/min
1.0 2.5 500 r/min 2.5 1000 r/min

1000 r/min
0.8 2.0 2.0
500 r/min
500 r/min
0.6 1.5 1.5
0.4 1.0 1.0
0.2 0.5 0.5
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
AZM26 AZM69 AZM69

3.5 3.5
1.4 2000 r/min
3000 2000 r/min 1000 r/min 3.0 1500 r/min1000 r/min 750 r/min 3.0 2000 r/min 1500 r/min
1.2 5000 4000 r/min 500 r/min 1000 r/min
r/min r/min 750 r/min
500 r/min
2.5 2.5
1.0 6000
r/min 500 r/min
2.0 2.0
0.8
1.5 1.5
0.6
1.0 1.0
0.4
0.5 0.5
0.2
0 0
0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 0 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8
0 50 100 150 200
Load Torque [N·m] Load Torque [N·m]
Load Torque [mN·m]
100
■Dimensions (Unit = mm)
Configuration
System
$Motor
$
◇Standard
◇ Type
Frame Size 20 mm
Mass
Product Name L 2D CAD
kg
Product Line
AZM14AK 50 0.08 B1212
AZM15AK 60 0.1 B1213
ϕ15−0.018(h7)
ϕ4−0.012(h7)
L 10±1 20
1.5 4×M2 2.5 Deep 16±0.2
3.5±0.15
0
0
7±0.25
Specifications and
16±0.2
Characteristics
20
AC Input
34
3
7.8 Motor Leads DF62B-13EP-2.2C 12
(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD)
20.5 150
Frame Size 28 mm
Dimensions
Mass
Product Name L 2D CAD
kg
AZM24AK 54.5 0.15 B1214
AZM26AK 74 0.24 B1215
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
and Operation
ϕ5−0.012(h7)
L 15±1 28
Connection
1.5 4×M2.5 2.5 Deep 23±0.2
4.5±0.15
0
0
10±0.25
23±0.2
28
34
5
10
Configuration
14 Motor Leads DF62B-13EP-2.2C 17
(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD)
System
20
20.5 150
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Product Line
Round Shaft with Flat AZM46AK B1092
0.44
Straight Type AZM46A0K B1288
70 20±1 42 20±1
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
2 31±0.2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 2

15±0.25
0
Specifications and
Characteristics
31±0.2
42
DC Input
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
5.5±0.15
13

0
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8
Dimensions
300
300
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 42 mm
and Operation
Cable Outlet Horizontal Direction

Connection
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM46A0KF 0.44 B1428
(5) 70 20±1 42
2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 31±0.2
Equipment
Peripheral
31±0.2
Cables/
42
ϕ6−0.012 (h7)
ϕ22−0.021 (h7)
13
11
Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27

0
30°
Encoder Cable ϕ6 300 mm
26
60°
500654-0609 (Molex)
Motor Cable ϕ8 300 mm

5557-06R-210 (Molex)
101
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM48A0K 0.68 B1289
With Key AZM48A1K B1299
93 24±1 42 24±1
(h7)
2 31±0.2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 2
ϕ8−0.015
20±0.25
0
31±0.2
42
ϕ8−0.015(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
7.5±0.15
13
12 28.5 5 27
Encoder Cable ϕ6 With Key
0
0
24±1
ϕ8−0.015(h7)
Motor Cable ϕ8 2 Parallel Key (Included)
15
300
300
0 0 +0.1
15−0.18 3−0.025 1.8
0
0
M3
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
9.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM48A0KF 0.68 B1430
(5) 93 24±1 42
2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 31±0.2
31±0.2
42
ϕ8−0.015 (h7)
ϕ22−0.021 (h7)
13
11

0
30°
26
60°
500654-0609 (Molex)

5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM66A0K 72 0.91 B1290
Straight Type AZM69A0K 97.5 1.4 B1291
L 24±1 60 24±1
(h7)
7 2 50±0.35 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 2

ϕ10−0.015
0
20±0.25
50±0.35
60
9.5±0.15
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ36−0.025(h7)
13
With Key
0

24±1
(h7)
Encoder Cable ϕ6
2
ϕ10−0.015
15
+0.1
0
0 0 1.8 0
15−0.18 3−0.025
300
300
M3
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
11.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
102
Frame Size 60 mm Cable Outlet Horizontal Direction
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66A0KF 72 0.91 B1431
Straight Type
AZM69A0KF 97.5 1.4 B1433
(7) L 24±1 60
7 2 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 50±0.35
Product Line
50±0.35
60
ϕ10−0.015 (h7)
(h7)
13
ϕ36−0.025
11
Specifications and
5 27
Characteristics
AC Input
30°
500654-0609 (Molex)
26
60°
Dimensions
5557-06R-210 (Molex)
◇Standard
◇ Type with an Electromagnetic Brake
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
and Operation
Connection
kg
Round Shaft with Flat AZM46MK B1154
0.61
Straight Type AZM46M0K B1294

20±1
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
101 20±1 42
2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 31±0.2 2
Configuration
15±0.25
System
31±0.2
42
5.5±0.15
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ22−0.021(h7)
13
26
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Product Line
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM46M0KF 0.61 B1429
Dimensions
(5) 101 20±1 42
2 4×M3 4.5 Deep 31±0.2
31±0.2
42
ϕ6−0.012 (h7)
ϕ22−0.021 (h7)
13
and Operation
11
11

Connection
0
30° 30°
15
500654-0609 (Molex)
26
60°
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 300 mm
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/

5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
103
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
Straight Type AZM66M0K 118 1.3 B1295
With Key AZM66M1K B1305
Straight Type AZM69M0K 143.5 1.8 B1296
With Key AZM69M1K B1306

L 24±1 60 24±1
(h7)
7 2 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 50±0.35 2
ϕ10−0.015
20±0.25
0
50±0.35
60
9.5±0.15
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ36−0.025(h7)
13
26 With Key
15.5 Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27
0
0
24±1
(h7)
2
ϕ10−0.015
15
300
300
300
+0.1
0
0 0 1.8 0
M3 15−0.18 3−0.025
Motor Cable ϕ8
8 Deep
3−0.025
−0.004
3−0.029
11.2
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
Frame Size 60 mm Cable Outlet Horizontal Direction

Mass
kg
AZM66M0KF 118 1.3 B1432
Straight Type
AZM69M0KF 143.5 1.8 B1434
(7) L 24±1 60
7 2 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 50±0.35
50±0.35
60
ϕ10−0.015 (h7)
ϕ36−0.025 (h7)
13
11
11

0
5 27
30°
15

60°
30°
500654-0609 (Molex)
26
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 300 mm
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) Motor Cable ϕ8 300 mm
104
◇TS
◇ Geared Type
Configuration
$ Outlet Direction
System
Direction kg
Down AZM46AK-TS ■ B1157
Right AZM46AK-TS ■ R B1272
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.59
Up AZM46AK-TS ■ U B1270
Product Line
Left AZM46AK-TS ■ L B1271
101 20±1
3.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
12
42
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ17−0.018(h7)
5.5±0.15
8±0.5
.5
±0
Specifications and
3.8
ϕ4
Characteristics
13
0
AC Input
Encoder Cable ϕ6
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
Dimensions
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

$ Outlet Direction

Direction kg
and Operation
Down AZM66AK-TS ■ B1158
Connection
Right AZM66AK-TS ■ R B1275
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.3
Up AZM66AK-TS ■ U B1273
Left AZM66AK-TS ■ L B1274
$Installation
115 32±1
50 4
Configuration
18 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
System
A
B
60
A B
ϕ23−0.021(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
10±0.5
0
0
13
Product Line
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8 A-A
300
300
B-B
M3
11.2

1.7
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
Specifications and
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
0
Characteristics
DC Input
0 +0.1
18±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
◇TS
$ Outlet Direction
Dimensions
Direction kg
Down AZM46MK-TS ■ B1216
Right AZM46MK-TS ■ R B1284
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.76
Up AZM46MK-TS ■ U B1282
Left AZM46MK-TS ■ L B1283
and Operation
132 20±1
Connection
3.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42

12
42
ϕ6−0.012(h7)
ϕ17−0.018(h7)
5.5±0.15
8±0.5
.5
±0
3.8
ϕ4
13
26
0

Encoder Cable ϕ6
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
$A
105
$ Outlet Direction

Direction kg
Down AZM66MK-TS ■ B1217
Right AZM66MK-TS ■ R B1287
3.6, 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.7
Up AZM66MK-TS ■ U B1285
Left AZM66MK-TS ■ L B1286
$Installation
161 32±1
50 4
18 4×ϕ4.5 Thru 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
A
B
60
A B
ϕ23−0.021(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
10±0.5
0
0
13
15.5 Encoder Cable ϕ6 Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A B-B
300
300
300
M3
1.7
Parallel Key (Included) 6
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
0
18±0.2 3−0.025 1.8
+0.1
0
◇FC
◇ Geared Type
Mass
kg
AZM46AK-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.79 B1314
5
43.5
42
35.7
27
13
25±1
3.5
20
18
A A 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015 (h7)
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ12
0
ϕ30−0.021 (h7) A-A B-B
M3
11.2
1.7
300
300
6
12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

.5
±0
ϕ 46 0 −0.004
B 18±0.2 3−0.025 3−0.029
42
B
+0.1
3−0.025
0
1.8
42
0
131

Mass
kg
AZM46AK-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.79 B1313
131
42
0.5
6±
ϕ4 Parallel Key (Included)
B
42
0
B 18±0.2 3−0.025
Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

3−0.025
+0.1
−0.004
3−0.029
0
0
1.8
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
A-A B-B
M3
11.2
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7)
ϕ12
500654-0609 (Molex) 1.7
0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015(h7) 6
A A Protective Earth Terminals M4
25±1
18
20
3.5
5
35.7
43.5
42
27
13
$A
106
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66AK-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.8 B1318
Product Line
61.5
60
50
27
13
4.5
38±1
31.5
25
A A 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018(h7) B-B
A-A
Specifications and
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ17.5 10
Characteristics
0
17
ϕ37−0.025(h7) M5 3
AC Input
300
300
Dimensions
0 0
12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru 25±0.2 5−0.030 5−0.030
.5
0 ±0
ϕ7
+0.1
B
0
5−0.030
3
0
60
and Operation
60
Connection
160.5

Mass
kg
AZM66AK-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 1.8 B1317
Configuration
160.5
System
60
0.5
0±
ϕ7
B
60

B
0
25±0.2 5−0.030
Product Line
4×ϕ5.5 Thru
Encoder Cable ϕ6 12 28.5
Motor Cable ϕ8
5−0.030
0
+0.1
5−0.030
0
0
3
300
300
B-B
10
M5 3
A-A
Specifications and
Characteristics
17
DC Input
0
ϕ37−0.025 (h7)
ϕ17.5
500654-0609 (Molex) 0
5557-06R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018 (h7)
A A
31.5
25
38±1
4.5
Dimensions
5
50
61.5
60
27
13
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$A
107
◇FC
Mass
kg
AZM46MK-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.96 B1316
43.5
42
35.7
27
13
25±1
3.5
20
18
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) ϕ10−0.015(h7)
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ12
A-A B-B
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7) M3
11.2
1.7
300
300
300
Encoder Cable ϕ6 6
Motor Cable ϕ8
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru

.5 Parallel Key (Included)
±0
ϕ 46 0 −0.004
B 18±0.2 3−0.025 3−0.029
42
+0.1
3−0.025
0
42 0
1.8
162

Mass
kg
AZM46MK-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 0.96 B1315
162
42
0.5
6±
ϕ4
B
42
B Parallel Key (Included)

0
18±0.2 3−0.025
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ4.5 Thru
3−0.025
Encoder Cable ϕ6
+0.1
−0.004
3−0.029
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
0
1.8
300
300

B-B
300
A-A
M3
11.2
0
ϕ30−0.021(h7)
ϕ12
500654-0609 (Molex) 1.7
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
ϕ10−0.015 (h7) 6
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A Protective Earth Terminals M4
25±1
18
20
3.5
5
35.7
43.5
42
27
13
$A
108
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66MK-FC ■ UA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 2.2 B1320
Product Line
61.5
60
50
27
13
4.5
38±1
31.5
25
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) ϕ15−0.018(h7)
A-A B-B
Specifications and
500654-0609 (Molex) ϕ17.5
Characteristics
17
0
ϕ37−0.025(h7) 10
AC Input
M5 3
300
300
300

Motor Cable ϕ8
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Dimensions
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru Parallel Key (Included)
.5
0 ±0 0 0
ϕ7 25±0.2 5−0.030 5−0.030
B
+0.1
60
0
5−0.030
B
3
0
and Operation
60
Connection
206.5

Mass
kg
AZM66MK-FC ■ DA 7.2, 10, 20, 30 2.2 B1319
Configuration
206.5
System
60 B-B
0.5
0±
ϕ7 10
B M5 3
60
B
Product Line
12 12 28.5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru 0
25±0.2 5−0.030
300
300
5−0.030
300
0
+0.1
5−0.030
0
0
A-A
3
17
Specifications and
0
ϕ37−0.025(h7)
Characteristics
ϕ17.5
DC Input
500654-0609 (Molex) 0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
ϕ15−0.018 (h7)
5557-06R-210 (Molex) A A
31.5
25
38±1
4.5

5
50
61.5
Dimensions
60
27
13 and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
$A
109
◇PS
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 28 mm
Mass
kg
AZM24AK-PS ■ 7.2, 10 0.25 B1366
79.5 23±1
ϕ26−0.021(h7)
5
ϕ8−0.015(h7)
17 4×M3 6 Deep 28
15 23±0.2
0
7.5±0.2
ϕ12
°
90
A
23±0.2
7.5±0.2
28
A-A
34
5
10
(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD) 20
20.5 150
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 98 0.64 B1159
AZM46AK-PS ■
25, 36, 50 121.5 0.79 B1160
L 28±1
10 15 4×M4 8 Deep 42
A .5 42
±0
3.8
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26−0.021(h7)
ϕ4
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
A-A
300
300

0 +0.1
15±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 104 1.3 B1161
AZM66AK-PS ■
25, 36, 50 124 1.6 B1162
L 38±1
10 25 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
A
60
A
ϕ12−0.018(h7)
ϕ37−0.025(h7)
13

0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
13.5

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 0 +0.1
25±0.2 4−0.03 2.5 0
4−0.03
4−0.03
0
$A
110
◇PS
Configuration
Frame Size 42 mm
System
Mass
kg
5, 7.2, 10 129 0.81 B1218
AZM46MK-PS ■
25, 36, 50 152 0.96 B1219
L 28±1
Product Line
10 15 4×M4 8 Deep 42
42
A ±0
.5
3.8
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ26−0.021(h7)
ϕ4
13
26
0
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Specifications and
Characteristics
A-A
AC Input
300
300
300

0 +0.1
15±0.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
Dimensions
3−0.025
3−0.029
−0.004
0
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
and Operation
Connection
5, 7.2, 10 150 1.7 B1220
AZM66MK-PS ■
25, 36, 50 170 2.0 B1221
L 38±1
10 25 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
0±
ϕ7
Configuration
60
A
System
ϕ12−0.018(h7)
ϕ37−00.025(h7)
12 12 28.5 13
0
26 Encoder Cable ϕ6 Protective Earth Terminals M4 5 27

15.5
Motor Cable ϕ8
A-A
300
300
300
Product Line
13.5

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) +0.1
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 25±0.2 4−0.03 2.5 0
Specifications and
Characteristics
4−0.03
4−0.03
DC Input
0
0
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type Shaft Output Type
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
Dimensions
AZM46AK-HP ■ 5, 9 0.71 B1163
104.5 42±1
5 22
15
A M3 6 Deep
and Operation
ϕ39.5
ϕ29
Connection
42
40
0.3
6±
A ϕ4
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
A-A
300
300
Equipment
Peripheral

Cables/

0 0 +0.1
15−0.18 4−0.030 2.5 0
90˚
4−0.030
4−0.030
1.6
0
$The
$A
111
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66AK-HP ■ 5, 15 1.9 B1165
132 58±1
8 30
21
0±
A M4 8 Deep ϕ7
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
A
ϕ16−0.018(h7)
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
Installation Pilot
ϕ20
13
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
A-A
18
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0 0 +0.1
25−0.21 5−0.030 30
90˚
5−0.030
5−0.030
2
0
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type Flange Output Type
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46AK-HP ■ F 5, 9 0.66 B1164
+0.25
104.5 15−0.20
42 3 4×ϕ3.4 Thru ϕ18
0.3
6±
3×M4 6 Deep ϕ4
ϕ39.5
ϕ24
42
40
0˚
(H7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13
C 12
12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4
+0.012
0
0
ϕ5
300
300
Detail of "C"
ϕ24
Motor Cable ϕ8
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0 Customer Components
0.4−0.2
0.5 or more
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66AK-HP ■ F 5, 15 1.8 B1166
+0.4
132 21−0.5
5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru ϕ30 0.3
0±
6×M4 7 Deep ϕ7
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
60˚
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
(H7)
Installation Pilot
13

+0.018
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
0
Motor Cable ϕ8
ϕ14
300
300
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
$The
$A
112
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake Shaft Output Type
Configuration
Frame Size 40 mm
System
Mass
kg
AZM46MK-HP ■ 5, 9 0.88 B1222
135.5 42±1
5 22
Product Line
15
A M3 6 Deep
ϕ39.5
ϕ29
42
40
0.3
6±
A ϕ4
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13
Specifications and
Encoder Cable ϕ6
Characteristics
0
0
15
AC Input
A-A
300
300
300 Motor Cable ϕ8


500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Dimensions
0 0 +0.1
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 15−0.18 4−0.030 2.5 0
90˚
4−0.030
4−0.030
1.6
0
Frame Size 60 mm
and Operation
Mass
Connection
kg
AZM66MK-HP ■ 5, 15 2.3 B1224
178 58±1
8 30
21
0±
Configuration
M4 8 Deep ϕ7
System
A
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
A
Installation Pilot
ϕ16−0.018(h7)
ϕ20
13
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
26 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
15.5 5 27
0
12
Product Line
300
300
300
A-A
Motor Cable ϕ8
18
Specifications and
Characteristics
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 25−0.21
0
5−0.030
0
3
+0.1
DC Input
0
90˚
5−0.030
2
5−0.030
0
◇HPG
◇ Geared Type with Electromagnetic Brake Flange Output Type
Dimensions
Frame Size 40 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46MK-HP ■ F 5, 9 0.83 B1223
+0.25
135.5 15−0.20
and Operation

Connection
42 3 4×ϕ3.4 Thru ϕ18

0.3
6±
3×M4 6 Deep ϕ4
ϕ39.5
ϕ24
42
40
0˚
(H7)
ϕ40−0.025(h7)
Installation Pilot
13
C 12
26 12 12 28.5 Protective Earth Terminals M4
+0.012
0
15
0
Equipment
Peripheral
ϕ5
Cables/
300
300
300
Motor Cable ϕ8 Detail of "C"

ϕ24
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex) 0 Customer Components
0.4−0.2
0.5 or more
$The
$A
113
Frame Size 60 mm
Mass
kg
AZM66MK-HP ■ F 5, 15 2.2 B1225
+0.4
178 21−0.5
5 4×ϕ5.5 Thru ϕ30 0.3
0±
6×M4 7 Deep ϕ7
ϕ55.5
ϕ40
60
60˚
ϕ56−0.030(h7)
(H7)
Installation Pilot
13
12 12 28.5
+0.018
0
0
ϕ14
Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
300
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

5557-02R-210 (Molex)
◇Harmonic
◇ Geared Type
Frame Size 30 mm
Mass
kg
AZM24AK-HS ■ 50, 100 0.24 B1367
ϕ20 (Max. diameter of rotating components)
79 23±1
(h7)
2.5 0.5 4×M3 6 Deep

ϕ8−0.015
4×M3 4 Deep ✽
7.5±0.2
28 15 30
0
ϕ29−0.021(h7)
28
30
0
.2
5±0
34
ϕ 15. 0.3
5±
ϕ3
5
10

(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD) 20
20.5 150
✽The
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
kg
AZM46AK-HS ■ 50, 100 0.65 B1167
102 25±1
2 0.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
18 6×M3 5 Deep ✽
A
60˚
42
0.2
A ϕ20.5± 3
0.
8±
ϕ4
ϕ37.6−0.025(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
13

Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
A-A
300
300
11.2

−0.004
3−0.029
3−0.025
0
18−0.18
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)

0 +0.1
90˚
1.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
✽The
$The
$A
114
Frame Size 60 mm
Configuration
Mass
System
kg
AZM66AK-HS ■ 50, 100 1.4 B1168
112 28.5±1
2 1.5 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
20 6×M4 6 Deep ✽ 0±
ϕ7
Product Line
A
60˚
60
±0.2
A ϕ25.5
ϕ15−0.018(h7)
ϕ54−0.030(h7)
13
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
Motor Cable ϕ8 A-A
Specifications and
300
300
Characteristics
AC Input
17
5−0.030
5−0.030
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 20−0.21
0
90˚
Dimensions
0 +0.1
2.1 5−0.030 3 0
✽The
◇Harmonic
Frame Size 42 mm
Mass
and Operation
kg
Connection
AZM46MK-HS ■ 50, 100 0.82 B1226
133 25±1
2 0.5 4×M4 8 Deep 42
18 6×M3 5 Deep ✽
A
60˚
42
0.2
ϕ20.5± 3
Configuration
A 0.
8±
ϕ4
ϕ37.6−0.025(h7)
ϕ10−0.015(h7)
13
System
Encoder Cable ϕ6
0
15
A-A
300
300
300
11.2
Motor Cable ϕ8
Product Line
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 Parallel Key (Included)
−0.004
3−0.029
3−0.025
0
500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex) 18−0.18
0
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
0 +0.1
90˚
1.2 3−0.025 1.8 0
✽The
Specifications and
Characteristics
Frame Size 60 mm
DC Input
Mass
kg
AZM66MK-HS ■ 50, 100 1.8 B1227
158 28.5±1
2 1.5
20 4×M5 10 Deep 60 0.5
Dimensions
0±
6×M4 6 Deep ✽ ϕ7
A
60˚
60
±0.2
A ϕ25.5
(h7)
(h7)
13
12 12 28.5
ϕ15−0.018
ϕ54−0.030
and Operation

Connection
0

Motor Cable ϕ8
300
300
300
A-A
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6 17

500654-0609 (Molex) 5557-06R-210 (Molex)
Equipment
Peripheral
0 0 +0.1
5557-02R-210 (Molex) 20−0.21 5−0.030 3 0
Cables/
90˚
2.1
5−0.030
5−0.030
0
✽The
$The
$A
115
$Driver
$
Mass
kg
Built-in Controller Type AZD-KD
Pulse Input Type with RS-485 B1094
AZD-KX 0.15
Communication
Pulse Input Type AZD-K B1096
$The
$ dimensions are for the built-in controller type. The dimensions and included items are the same for all drivers in the table.
Slit $Included
$ Items
Main Power Supply / Electromagnetic Brake Connector (CN1)
Connector: MC1,5/5-STF-3,5
(90) 70
(41)
35 19.5 4 I/O Signals Connector (CN4)

17.5
35.1
100
9.2
4.7
Mass
kg
EtherNet/IP compatible AZD-KEP
EtherCAT Drive Profile compatible AZD-KED 0.18 B1505
PROFINET compatible AZD-KPN
Slit $Included
$ Items
Control Power Connector (CN1)
Connector: DFMC0,5/5-ST-2,54 (PHOENIX CONTACT Inc.)
Main Power Connector (CN4)

(74) 70 Connector: DFMC1,5/3-ST-3,5-LR (PHOENIX CONTACT Inc.)
45 4.1

Connector: DFMC0,5/12-ST-2,54 (PHOENIX CONTACT Inc.)
35.35
100
9.1
4.8
(22)
116
■Connection and Operation
Configuration
System
$Names
$ of Driver Parts
For details about each function, refer to the operating manual for the AZ Series. Either download operating manuals from the Oriental
Motor website or contact your nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type, Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication
Product Line
The photos show the built-in controller type.
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
RS-485 Communication Connector
(CN6, CN7)
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Signal Monitor Indicators Function Setting Switch (SW1)
Axis Setting Switch (ID)
Encoder Connector (CN3) Baud Rate Setting Switch (BAUD)
Configuration
System
HOME PRESET Switch
Electromagnetic Brake Connection Terminal (CN1) I/O Signal Connector (CN4)
Product Line
Protective Earth Terminal (CN1)
DIN Lever
Specifications and
Characteristics
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type
DC Input
Signal Monitor Indicators Function Setting Switch (SW1)
Current Setting Switch (CURRENT)
Encoder Connector (CN3) Command Filter Setting Switch (FIL)
Dimensions
HOME PRESET Switch

and Operation
Connection
I/O signal connector (CN4)

Main Power Supply Input Terminals (CN1)
Equipment
DIN Lever
Peripheral
Cables/
117
◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
IP Address Setting Switch (IP ADDR ×16, ×1)
HOME PRESET Switch USB Communication Connector
Control Power Supply Input Terminal (CN1) Signal Monitor Indicators

EtherNet/IP Communication Connector (CN5, CN6)


Main Power Supply Input Terminal (CN4) Electromagnetic Brake Connection Terminal (CN4)
DIN Lever
◇EtherCAT
Node Address Setting Switch (ECAT ID ×10, ×1)

EtherCAT Communication Connector (CN5 ECAT IN)
Encoder Connector (CN2) EtherCAT Communication Connector (CN6 ECAT OUT)

DIN Lever
◇PROFINET
◇ compatible
SW1 and SW2 (Not used)

PROFINET Communication Connector (CN5, CN6)


DIN Lever
$USB
$ Cable Connection
A USB cable is required for connecting the driver to the computer on which the support software MEXE02 is installed.
Use a USB cable with the following specifications.
Specifications USB 2.0 (Full Speed)
Length: 3 m or less
Cables
Configuration: A to mini B
118
$Connection
$ Diagrams
Configuration
◇Built-in
◇ Controller Type
System
#Diagram
IN0 (START)
1
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 24 VDC
IN1 (M0) IN0 (START)
13
Product Line
1
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN2 (M1) IN1 (M0)
2 13
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN3 (M2) IN2 (M1)
14 2
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN4 (ZHOME) IN3 (M2)
3 14
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
Specifications and
IN5 (FREE) IN4 (ZHOME)
Characteristics
15 3
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
AC Input
IN6 (STOP) IN5 (FREE)
4 15
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN7 (ALM-RST) IN6 (STOP)
16 4
24 VDC 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[0-7]
5
IN7 (ALM-RST)
0V IN8 (FW-JOG) 16
6 IN-COM[0-7] 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ 5
Dimensions
IN9 (RV-JOG) 0V 24 VDC
18
24 VDC 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[8-9] IN8 (FW-JOG)
17 6
0V 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
12∼24 VDC
IN9 (RV-JOG)
18
R0 OUT0 (HOME-END) IN-COM[8-9] 4.7 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
7 17
10 mA max. ➝
0V
12∼24 VDC
and Operation
R0 OUT0 (HOME-END)
Connection
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS) 7
10 mA max.
➝
19
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY) 19
8
Output
Saturation R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
R0 OUT3 (READY) Voltage 8
20 3 VDC max. Output
Configuration
Saturation
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE) 20
3 VDC max.
9
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B) 9
21
OUT-COM R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)

10 21
Product Line
11
ASG− OUT-COM
0V 10
23 26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+ Twisted-Pair Wire ASG+
12 11
BSG− ASG−
24 23 26C31 or Equivalent
GND BSG+
22 12
BSG−
0V 0V 24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
Note 0V 0V
DC Input
$Use
$Use
$ output signal at 12∼24 VDC 10 mA or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect Note
an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less. $Use
$Provide
$ a distance of 200 mm or more between the signal lines and power lines (power supply $Use
lines, motor lines). an external resistor R0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines. $Provide
Dimensions
$If
$ noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific lines, motor lines).
wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores. Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
119
◇Pulse
◇ Input Type with RS-485 Communication, Pulse Input Type
#Diagram
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω 5 VDC
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ 270 Ω
2 CW(PLS)−
13
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
3
2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN5 (FREE)
15
2.2 kΩ
IN6 (STOP)
4
4.7 kΩ #When
IN7 (ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ
16 24 VDC
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5 13
0V
IN8 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ 2
R1✽ CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
4.7 kΩ 14
IN9 (RV-JOG)
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[8-9] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
R0 OUT0 (HOME-END) Note
7
10 mA max. ➝ $Use
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS) $If
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
$If
120
#Diagram
Configuration
System
1
13
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2 CW(PLS)+
1
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
Product Line
14 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN5 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
Specifications and
Characteristics
IN6 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ Host System
4 Driver
AC Input
2.2 kΩ
24 VDC
16
2.2 kΩ R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[4-7] 1
5
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
0V 24 VDC 13
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN8 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 2
6 CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
2.2 kΩ 14
Dimensions
0V
18
IN-COM[8-9] 2.2 kΩ ✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
17
Note
0V
12∼24 VDC R0 $Use
OUT0 (HOME-END)
7
➝
10 mA max. resistor R1 (1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.)
$If
and Operation
Connection
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
Specifications and
22
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
121
◇EtherNet/IP
◇ compatible
#Diagram
1
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ 270 Ω
2 CW(PLS)−
13
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
3
2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE)
15
2.2 kΩ
IN2 (STOP)
4
4.7 kΩ #When
IN3 (ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ
16 24 VDC
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5
0V 13
IN4 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ 2
IN5 (RV-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 14
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC
✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
7
10 mA max. ➝ $Use
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS) $If
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
$If
122
#Diagram
Configuration
System
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
270 Ω 1
CCW (DIR)−
Product Line
14 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
Specifications and
Characteristics
IN2 (STOP) 4.7 kΩ
4 Host System Driver
AC Input
2.2 kΩ
24 VDC
16
2.2 kΩ R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[0-3] 1
5
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
0V 24 VDC 13
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN4 (FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 2
2.2 kΩ 14
Dimensions
0V
18
✽R
17
Note
0V
12∼24 VDC R0 $Use
OUT0 (HOME-END)
7
➝
$If
and Operation
Connection
R0 OUT1 (IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20
3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
Specifications and
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
123
◇EtherCAT
#Diagram
1
1
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ 270 Ω
2 CW(PLS)−
13
CCW (DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
3
2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE)
15
2.2 kΩ
IN2 (ETO-CLR)
4
4.7 kΩ #When
IN3 (EXT1) 4.7 kΩ
16 24 VDC
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5
0V 13
IN4 (FW-LS) 4.7 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ 2
IN5 (RV-LS) 4.7 kΩ 14
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC
✽ 1: 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R
7
10 mA max. ➝ $Use
R0 OUT1 (ETO-MON) $If
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
with power lines.
$If
124
#Diagram
Configuration
System
1
CW (PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW (DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
270 Ω 1
CCW (DIR)−
Product Line
14 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1 (FREE) 4.7 kΩ

15
2.2 kΩ #When
Specifications and
Characteristics
IN2 (ETO-CLR) 4.7 kΩ
4 Host System Driver
AC Input
2.2 kΩ
24 VDC
IN3 (EXT1) 4.7 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire
16
2.2 kΩ R1✽ CW(PLS)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN-COM[0-3] 1
5
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
0V 24 VDC 13
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
IN4 (FW-LS) 4.7 kΩ 2
2.2 kΩ 14
Dimensions
0V
IN5 (RV-LS) 4.7 kΩ
18
✽R
17
Note
0V
12∼24 VDC R0 $Use
OUT0 (HOME-END)
7
➝
$If
and Operation
Connection
R0 OUT1 (ETO-MON)
19
R0 OUT2 (PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20
3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4 (MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5 (ALM-B)
21
Product Line
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
Specifications and
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
125
◇PROFINET
◇ compatible
#Diagram
1
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω 5 VDC
1
CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ 270 Ω
2 CW(PLS)−
13
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
14 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
3
2.2 kΩ
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN1(FREE)
15
2.2 kΩ
IN2(STOP)
4
4.7 kΩ #When
IN3(ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ
16 24 VDC
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ 1
5 13
0V
IN4(FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ
6 CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ 2
IN5(RV-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 14
18
24 VDC 2.2 kΩ
IN-COM[4-5] 0V
17
0V
12∼24 VDC
✽ 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R1:
R0 OUT0(HOME-END) Note
7
10 mA max. ➝ $Use
R0 OUT1(IN-POS) $If
19
R0 OUT2(PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
20 3 VDC max.
R0 OUT4(MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5(ALM-B)
21
OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
0V 0V
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
with power lines.
$If
126
#Diagram
Configuration
System
1
CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13 5 VDC
CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2 CW(PLS)+
270 Ω 1
CCW(DIR)−
Product Line
14 CW(PLS)− 270 Ω
13
0V 24 VDC CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2
CCW(DIR)− 270 Ω
3
2.2 kΩ 0V
IN1(FREE) 4.7 kΩ
15
2.2 kΩ #When
Specifications and
Characteristics
IN2(STOP) 4.7 kΩ Host System
4 Driver
AC Input
2.2 kΩ
24 VDC
IN3(ALM-RST) 4.7 kΩ Twisted-Pair Wire
16 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ
2.2 kΩ R1✽ CW(PLS)+
IN-COM[0-3] 1
5 270 Ω
CW(PLS)−
0V 24 VDC 13
R1✽ CCW(DIR)+ 470 Ω 270 Ω 5.6 kΩ

IN4(FW-JOG) 4.7 kΩ 2
2.2 kΩ 14
Dimensions
4.7 kΩ 0V
IN5(RV-JOG)
18
IN-COM[4-5] 2.2 kΩ ✽ 1.2 kΩ∼2.2 kΩ 0.5 W min.
✽R1:
17
Note
0V
12∼24 VDC R0 $Use
OUT0(HOME-END)
7
➝
$If
and Operation
Connection
R0 OUT1(IN-POS)
19
R0 OUT2(PLS-RDY)
8
Output
Saturation
Configuration
20 3 VDC max.
System
R0 OUT4(MOVE)
9
R0 OUT5(ALM-B)
21
Product Line
0V OUT-COM
10
11
ASG−
23
26C31 or Equivalent
BSG+
12
BSG−
24
GND
22
Specifications and
Characteristics
0V 0V
DC Input
Note
$Use
$Use
$Provide
Dimensions
with power lines.
$If
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
127
Cables
■Example of Cable System Configuration (For AC Input)
$Built-in
$ Controller Type Driver, Pulse Input Type Driver with RS-485 Communication
24 VDC
Connection Cable ✽1 Power Supply
Choose from either of the following connection methods. FLEX Communication Cables
●General-Purpose Type Host

●Connection Cable Set Control Device,
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 ●Dedicated Type Display Device
For Encoder
RS-485 Communication Cables Driver
For Motor or
Network
Converter
●Extension Cable Sets ●Connection Cable Set Cables for I/O Signals
Motor Side
●Connector Type
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2
Motor Driver
For Encoder For Encoder Host

Control Device
For Motor For Motor
●Plug Included
AC Power
Supply
●No Plug
✽ Flexible connection cable sets and flexible extension cable sets with excellent durability are also available.
✽1
✽ Required for motors with an electromagnetic brake.
✽2
Note
$Up
$ to three cables can be used to connect the motor and the driver.
$The
$ maximum extension distance between the motor and driver is 20 m.
$The
$Pulse
$ Input Type Driver
Connection Cable ✽1 Cables for DC Power Supplies
Choose from either of the following connection methods. 24 VDC

Power Supply
●Connection Cable Set Cables for I/O Signals

For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 ●Connector Type
For Encoder
For Motor
Host
●Connector - Terminal Block Conversion Unit
Control Device
●Extension Cable Sets ●Connection Cable Set

Motor Side
Motor Driver
For Encoder For Encoder

For Motor For Motor ●Plug Included
AC Power
Supply
●No Plug
✽1
✽2
Note
$Up
$The
$The
128
$Network
$ Compatible Driver
Configuration
System
Connection Cable ✽1 Cables for DC Power Supplies
Choose from either of the following connection methods. 24 VDC

Power Supply
●Connection Cable Set
Product Line
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2
Network Communication Cable ✽3
For Encoder
Cables for I/O Signals ✽4
For Motor
●Connector Type
Specifications and
Host
Characteristics
AC Input
Control Device
Motor Side
Motor Driver Cables for AC Power Supplies
For Encoder For Encoder ●Plug Included
Dimensions
AC Power
For Motor For Motor
Supply
●No Plug
✽1
and Operation
Connection
✽2
✽ Not supplied.
✽3
✽ When using a MECHATROLINK- compatible driver or an SSCNET /H compatible driver, please use the general-purpose type.
✽4
Note
$Up
$The
$The
Configuration
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
129
■Example of Cable System Configuration (For DC input)
$Built-in
$ Controller Type Driver, Pulse Input Type Driver with RS-485 Communication
Connection Cable ✽1 FLEX Communication Cables
Choose from either of the following connection methods. ●General-Purpose Type

Host
Control Device,
●Connection Cable Set ●Dedicated Type Display Device
For Encoder
For Motor RS-485 Communication Cables Driver

or
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 Network
Converter
Cables for I/O Signals
●Extension Cable Sets ●Connection Cable Set ●Connector Type

Motor Side Driver
For Encoder For Encoder Host
Control Device
Motor
For Motor For Motor
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 Cables for DC Power Supplies
24 VDC/48 VDC
Power Supply
✽1
✽2
Note
$Up
$The
$The
$ motor cable and electromagnetic brake cable from the motor cannot be connected directly to the driver.
When connecting to a driver, use a connection cable.
$Pulse
$ Input Type Driver
Connection Cable ✽1 Cables for I/O Signals
Choose from either of the following connection methods. ●Connector Type
For Encoder
For Motor Host

Control Device
●Connector - Terminal Block Conversion Unit
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2

Motor Side Driver
Motor
For Motor For Motor

For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 24 VDC/48 VDC
Power Supply
✽1
✽2
Note
$Up
$The
$The
$ motor cable and electromagnetic brake cable from the motor cannot be connected directly to the driver.
130
$Network
$ Compatible Driver
Configuration
System
Connection Cable ✽1
Choose from either of the following connection methods.
Network Communication Cable ✽3

Product Line
For Encoder
For Motor Cables for I/O Signals
●General-Purpose Type
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 Host
Control Device
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
Motor Side Driver
Motor
For Motor For Motor Cables for DC Power Supplies
24 VDC/48 VDC
Dimensions
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 For Electromagnetic Brake ✽2 Power Supply
✽1
✽2
✽ Not supplied.
✽3
and Operation
Connection
Note
$Up
$The
$The
Configuration
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
131
■Connection Cables (For AC Input)
Connection cable
① Connection Cable Sets/Flexible Connection Cable Sets

For Electromagnetic Brake ✽
For Encoder
For Motor
② Extension Cable Sets Motor Side/ ① Connection Cable Sets

Flexible Extension Cable Sets Motor Side
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽ For Electromagnetic Brake ✽
Motor
AC Input
For Encoder For Encoder Driver
For Motor For Motor
✽Required
✽ for motors with an electromagnetic brake.
Note
$Up$ to three cables can be used to connect the motor and the driver.
$The

This is a connection cable set used to connect the motor and the driver. Use the flexible connection cable set in applications where the
cable is bent and flexed repeatedly.
The motor cable and electromagnetic brake cable from the motor cannot be connected directly to the driver.
$Product
$ Line
◇Connection
◇ Cable Set ·· For Motor/Encoder ·· For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
# Motor/Encoder Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m) Product Name Length L (m) Product Name
0.5 CC005VZF 0.5 CC005VZFB
1 CC010VZF 1 CC010VZFB
◇Flexible
◇ Connection ·· For Motor/Encoder ·· For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
Cable Sets
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
0.5 CC005VZR 0.5 CC005VZRB
1 CC010VZR 1 CC010VZRB
$Note
$ on use of flexible cables ➜ Page 143 $Note
$ on use of flexible cables ➜ Page 143
132
$Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Configuration
◇Cable
◇ for Motor ◇Cable
◇ for Electromagnetic Brake
System
Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4) ϕ4.1 (Flexible cable is ϕ6)
150
+20 5559-02P-210 Pole Terminal: AI0.5-10WH
(12)
0
(Molex) (Phoenix Contact)
ϕ6.4 (Flexible cable is ϕ8)
5559-06P-210 F32FSS-05V-KX(JST)
(Molex) 23.9 80
Product Line
(14) L
(40)
(23)
Motor Side Driver Side

(12) 23.9 22.8 7.15
L
Specifications and
Characteristics
◇Encoder
◇ Cable
AC Input
0.5∼5 m : 500655-0609(Molex)
7∼20 m : 54280-0609(Molex)
0.5∼5 m : 500654-0609(Molex)
0.5∼5 m : ϕ6.5 7∼20 m : 55100-0670(Molex)
7∼20 m : ϕ7 (Flexible cable is ϕ8)
Dimensions
18.8
18.8
12.2 43.5 43.5max. 12.2

L
and Operation
Connection
Configuration
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
133
② Extension Cable Set - Motor Side/Flexible Extension Cable Set - Motor Side
This is a cable to extend the connection cable to the motor. When using an extension, the total length of the cable must be less than 20 m.
Use the flexible extension cable set in applications where the cable is bent and flexed repeatedly.
$Product
$ Line
◇Extension
◇ Cable Sets
·· For Motor/Encoder ·· For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
1 CC010VZFT 1 CC010VZFBT
◇Flexible
◇ Extension Cable Sets
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
1 CC010VZRT 1 CC010VZRBT
$Note
$Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
◇Cable
ϕ6.4 (Flexible cable is ϕ8) ϕ4.1 (Flexible cable is ϕ6)
5559-06P-210 5557-06R-210 5559-02P-210 5557-02R-210
(23)
(15)
(12)
13.8
(Molex) (Molex) (Molex) (Molex)
23.9 19.6
(12) 23.9 19.6 (15)
(14) L 5.4
L
◇Encoder
◇ Cable
54280-0609(Molex) 55100-0670(Molex)
ϕ7 (Flexible cable is ϕ8)
18.8
18.8
12.2 43.5 43.5max. 12.2

L
134
■Connection Cables (For DC input)
Configuration
System
Connection cable

For Encoder
Product Line
For Motor
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽
Specifications and
② Extension Cable Sets Motor Side/ ① Connection Cable Sets
Characteristics
AC Input
Flexible Extension Cable Sets Motor Side
For Encoder For Encoder DC Input
Driver
Motor
For Motor For Motor
For Electromagnetic Brake ✽ For Electromagnetic Brake ✽
Dimensions
✽Required
✽ for motors with an electromagnetic brake.
Note
$Up$ to three cables can be used to connect the motor and the driver.
$The
and Operation
Connection
This is a connection cable set used to connect the motor and the driver. Use the flexible connection cable set in applications where the
cable is bent and flexed repeatedly.
The motor cable and electromagnetic brake cable from the motor cannot be connected directly to the driver.
Configuration
System
$Product
$ Line
[For AZM14, AZM15, AZM24 and AZM26]
◇Connection
◇ Cable Set ◇Flexible
◇ Connection Cable Sets
Product Line
#For
# Motor/Encoder #For
# Motor/Encoder
0.5 CC005VZ2F2 0.5 CC005VZ2R2
1 CC010VZ2F2 1 CC010VZ2R2
1.5 CC015VZ2F2 1.5 CC015VZ2R2
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
2.5 CC025VZ2F2 2.5 CC025VZ2R2
10 CC100VZ2F2 10 CC100VZ2R2
Dimensions
15 CC150VZ2F2 15 CC150VZ2R2
20 CC200VZ2F2 20 CC200VZ2R2
$Note
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
135
◇Connection
◇ Cable Set ·· For Motor/Encoder · For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
# Motor/Encoder For Electromagnetic Brake
0.5 CC005VZF2 0.5 CC005VZFB2
1 CC010VZF2 1 CC010VZFB2
1.5 CC015VZF2 1.5 CC015VZFB2
2.5 CC025VZF2 2.5 CC025VZFB2
◇Flexible
◇ Connection ·· For Motor/Encoder ·· For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
Cable Sets
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
# Motor/Encoder For Electromagnetic Brake
0.5 CC005VZR2 0.5 CC005VZRB2
1 CC010VZR2 1 CC010VZRB2
1.5 CC015VZR2 1.5 CC015VZRB2
2.5 CC025VZR2 2.5 CC025VZRB2
$Note
$Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
◇Cable
◇ for Motor
55100-0670 (Molex)
18.8
DF62C-13S-2.2C
(11.65)
(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.)

43.5 12
ϕ8
(15.2)
9.3 9.55 J11DF-06V-KX (JST) 16.7 8

L

◇Cable
5559-06P-210 J11DF-06V-KX 5559-02P-210 Pole Terminal: AI0.5-8WH
(15.2)
(12)
(Molex) (JST) (Molex) (Phoenix Contact)

(23)
23.9 80
(12) 23.9 16.7 8 (14) L✽
L Motor Side Driver Side
◇Encoder
◇ Cable
0.5∼5 m : 500655-0609(Molex)
7∼20 m : 54280-0609(Molex)
0.5∼5 m : 500654-0609(Molex)
0.5∼5 m : ϕ6.5 7∼20 m : 55100-0670(Molex)
7∼20 m : ϕ7 (Flexible cable is ϕ8)
18.8
18.8
12.2 43.5 43.5max. 12.2

L
136
② Extension Cable Set - Motor Side/Flexible Extension Cable Set - Motor Side
Configuration
System
This is a cable to extend the connection cable to the motor. When using an extension, the total length of the cable must be less than 20 m.
Use the flexible extension cable set in applications where the cable is bent and flexed repeatedly.
$Product
$ Line
Product Line
◇Extension
◇ Cable ◇Flexible
◇ Extension Cables
#For
# Motor/Encoder #For
# Motor/Encoder
Specifications and
Characteristics
1 CC010VZ2FT 1 CC010VZ2RT
AC Input
Dimensions
$Note
[For AZM46, AZM48, AZM66, AZM69]

◇Extension
◇ Cable Sets
and Operation
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
Connection
#For
Configuration
System
◇Flexible
◇ Extension ·· For Motor/Encoder ·· For Motor/Encoder/Electromagnetic Brake
Product Line
Cable Sets
#For
# Motor/Encoder/
#For
Specifications and
Characteristics
CC020VZRT CC020VZRBT
DC Input
2 2
Dimensions
$Note
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
137
$Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
◇Cable
◇ for Motor
DF62C-13S-2.2C DF62B-13EP-2.2C
(HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.) (HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD)
(11.65)
(11.3)
ϕ8
9.3 9.55 16.05 10.4
L

◇Cable
5559-06P-210 5557-06R-210 5559-02P-210 5557-02R-210
(23)
(15)
(12)
(Molex) (Molex) 13.8 (Molex) (Molex)
23.9 19.6
(12) 23.9 19.6 (15)
(14) L 5.4
L
◇Encoder
◇ Cable
54280-0609(Molex) 55100-0670(Molex)
ϕ7 (Flexible cable is ϕ8)
18.8
18.8
12.2 43.5 43.5max. 12.2

L
138
■Cables for I/O Signals
Configuration
System
Cables for I/O Signals
① Connector Type
Product Line
AC Input ② General-Purpose Type
Driver
Host
Specifications and
Control Device
Characteristics
AC Input
③ Connector - Terminal Block Conversion Unit
·1 Row Type
Dimensions
DC Input
Driver
① Connector-Coupled Type
and Operation
Connection
#Multi-core
# Shielded Cable
#Unbundled
# wires on one end
#Easy
# shielding round grounding terminals
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Number of UL Style 20276, AWG24, finished outer diameter ϕ1.2
Configuration
Length
Product Name Applicable Drivers Lead Wire AWG Marking Tubes
L (m)
System
Cores Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4) Semi-Strip
· Built-in Controller Type DFMC1,5/12-ST-3,5 (Phoenix Contact)

CC24D005C-1 0.5 1
· RS-485 Communication 300

+30
0 300
+30
0
2
3
4
Pulse Input Type 5

6
7
· Pulse Input Type Shield

8
CC24D010C-1
9
1 24 24 10
· EtherNet/IP Compatible✽ 11
Product Line
42.8
12
13
· EtherCAT Drive ϕ9.5

14
15
16
Profile Compatible✽ 17
CC24D020C-1
18
2 13.25 22.65
19
· PROFINET Compatible✽ 20
21
22
23
24
✽✽ DC input drivers cannot be connected. Please use general-purpose I/O signal cables. Driver Side
7
150
L
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
② General-Purpose Type
#Shielded
# Cable
#Unbundled
# wires on both ends
#Easy
# shield grounding using ground wire with
Dimensions
a round terminal
#The
# number of lead wire cores can be selected to
suit the functions that will be used
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Number of Outer Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4) AWG24, finished outer diameter ϕ1.1
and Operation
Length L
Connection
Product Name Lead Wire diameter D AWG 300 +30

0 300 +30
0
(m)
Cores (mm) 1
2
1
2
3 3
CC06D005B-1 0.5 4
5
4
5
6 6
CC06D010B-1 1 7
8
7
8
6 ϕ5.4 9 9
CC06D015B-1
10 10
1.5
D
11 11
12 12
13 13
CC06D020B-1 2 14
15
16
14
15
16
CC10D005B-1 0.5 7 7
150
Equipment
150
Peripheral
CC10D010B-1 1
Cables/
10 ϕ6.7 L
CC10D015B-1 1.5 $The
$ figure depicts 16 core wires.
CC10D020B-1 2
24
CC12D005B-1 0.5
CC12D010B-1 1
12 ϕ7.5
CC12D015B-1 1.5
CC12D020B-1 2
CC16D005B-1 0.5
CC16D010B-1 1
16 ϕ7.5
CC16D015B-1 1.5
CC16D020B-1 2
139
③ Connector – Terminal Block Conversion Unit
These are conversion units that can connect a driver to a programmable controller or a sensor using
a terminal block.
#Easy
# shield grounding using ground wire with a round terminal
#Includes
# a signal name plate for easy, one-glance identification of driver signal names
#DIN
# rail installable
Single Row Type

$Product
$ Line
Product Product Length
Applicable Drivers
Line Name L (m)
CC24T05E · Built-in Controller Type 0.5

24 · Pulse Input Type with RS-485
Poles Communication
CC24T10E · Pulse Input Type 1
$Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Mass: 176 g
B1368
A-A
(80)
6 21
100
ϕ4.5
ϕ8.5
A
8.5
CDB-25S(05)
Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4) (HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.)
M3 DFMC1,5/12-ST-3,5 HDB-CTH(10)
40
26
DIN Rail (Phoenix Contact) (HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.)

+30
A 100 300 0
7.62 6.2 1.42 (72)
120.3
Shield
57.6
42.8
ϕ9.5
52
39.5
28.8
13.25 22.65 L 50.1 16

Blank Terminal
■RS-485 Communication Cables

These are cables used to connect two drivers together or to connect a driver and a network converter.
RS-485 Communication Cables RS-485 Communication Cables RS-485 Communication Cables
RS-485 Communication Cables
AC Input AC Input Network

DC Input DC Input Network
Driver Driver Converters
Driver Driver Converters
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Length L
Product Name Applicable Drivers
(m)
CC001-RS4 0.1 DC Input Driver
AC Input Driver L
CC002-RS4 0.25
DC Input Driver 21.7
11.7
ϕ6.2
140
■FLEX Communication Cables
Configuration
System
This cable is convenient for connecting FLEX-compatible products to various equipment that is Modbus-controlled by RS-485.
A general-purpose cable with unbundled wires at one end and a special-purpose type that can connect directly to the programmable
display (from Schneider Electric Japan or Hakko Electronic) are both available.
FLEX Communication Cables FLEX Communication Cables
① General-Purpose Type Host ① General-Purpose Type Host
Product Line
Control Device, Control Device,
② Dedicated Type Display Device ② Dedicated Type Display Device
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
AC Input DC Input
Driver Driver
① General-Purpose Type
Dimensions
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Product Line Product Name Length L (m) Round Crimp Terminal (0.3-3)
ϕ6.2
CC02FLT 2
and Operation
General-Purpose Type✽
Connection
CC05FLT 5
✽ terminating resistor is included.
✽A
90±10 L (21.7)
Driver Side
② Special-Purpose Type
Configuration
System
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Product Line Product Name Length L (m) CC02FLT2, CC05FLT2
Product Line
XM3D-0921 (Omron)
Special-Purpose Type XM2S-0913 (Omron)
CC02FLT2 2 15
Schneider Electric Japan Inc.
ϕ6.2
GP3000 Series for COM1

LT3300 Series
32.2
GP4000 Series
CC05FLT2 5
For RS-485 COM1, COM2
Specifications and
41 L (21.7)
Characteristics
DC Input
Driver Side
Special-Purpose Type CC02FLT3 2
Schneider Electric Japan Inc. CC02FLT3, CC05FLT3
GP3000 Series for COM2✽1 CC05FLT3 5 XM3A-0921 (Omron)
15 XM2S-0913 (Omron)
ϕ6.2
Hakko Electronic
Dimensions
V8 Series✽2 for MJ1 and MJ2 CC05FLT4 5
32.2

41 L (21.7)
Schneider Electric Japan
For LT4000M Series CC05FLT5 5 Driver Side
$A$ terminating resistor is built-in.

CC02FLT4, CC05FLT4
and Operation
Connection
✽ When using the product for COM2, the online adapter CA4-ADPONL-01, an accessory from
✽1 (21.7) L
Schneider Electric Japan, is required.
✽ Excluding V808iCH and V808CH
✽2
ϕ6.2
Shield (21.7)
+30
340 0 Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-3.5)
V8 Series-side Driver Side

Equipment
Peripheral
CC02FLT5, CC05FLT5
Cables/
L
(21.7) (90)
ϕ6.2
Shield (21.7)
+30
340 0 Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4)
LT4000M Series-side Driver Side
141
24 VDC
Power Supply
●Plug Included 24 VDC/48 VDC
Power Supply
AC Power
Supply ●No Plug
DC Input
Driver
AC Input
Driver
■Cables for AC Power Supplies

These cables are used to connect the driver and the AC power supply. Cables are available with or without a power supply plug.
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Power Supply ◇Plug
◇ Included
Product Name Product Line Length L (m)
Voltage L
CC01AC03P 1
Single-Phase 110
CC02AC03P Plug Included 2
100-120 VAC ϕ8 60
CC03AC03P 3
CC01AC03N Single-Phase 1
CC02AC03N 100-120 VAC 2
Single-Phase Pole Terminal: AI0.75-10GY
CC03AC03N 200-240 VAC 3 (Phoenix Contact)
No Plug
CC01AC04N 1 Round Terminal: SRA-51T-4 (JST)
Three-Phase Driver Side
CC02AC04N 2
200-240 VAC
CC03AC04N 3
◇No
◇ Plug Single-Phase
L
110
50 ϕ8 60
Pole Terminal: AI0.75-10GY

(Phoenix Contact)
3 Leads Round Terminal: SRA-51T-4 (JST)
UL Style 3266, AWG18 Driver Side
◇No
◇ Plug Three-Phase
L
110
50 ϕ8 60
Pole Terminal: AI0.75-10GY

(Phoenix Contact)
4 Leads Round Terminal: SRA-51T-4 (JST)
UL Style 3266, AWG18 Driver Side
■Cables for DC Power Supplies

These cables are used to connect the driver and the DC power supply.
$Product
$ Line $Dimensions
$ (Unit = mm)
Product Name Length L (m) 300
+30
0 Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4)
CC02D005-3 0.5
CC02D010-3 1 +30
CC02D015-3 1.5 300 0
CC02D020-3 2 AWG20, finished outer

Semi-Strip Shield diameter ϕ1.65
CC02D050-3 5
ϕ5.9
7 7
80 80
L
142
■Note on Use of Cables
Configuration
System
$Note
$ when Connecting Connectors $Notes
$ on Routing of Flexible Cables
When inserting or removing connectors, always hold the Do not bend the cable at the connector. This will apply stress
connector. to the connector and the terminal, and may result in connection
Pulling on the cable may result in connection faults. faults or disconnections.
◇Cable
◇ Fixing Method
Product Line
Please fix in 2 locations to prevent movement of the connector.
Fasten with
Position with Connector cable ties or
wide clamps.
Wide clamps are also permitted
Specifications and
Characteristics
◇Cable
◇
AC Input
Routing Length and Bend Radius
◇When
◇ Inserting the Connector When routing cables, use an appropriate length that prevents
Hold the connector body and insert as straight as possible. pulling when the cable is moved.
If the connector is angled while inserted, it may result in damage The bend radius must be at least 6 times the cable diameter
to the terminals or connection faults.
R
Dimensions
◇When
◇ Removing the Connector
Clamp
Disengage the connector’s lock and pull straight out.
If the connector is disengaged by pulling the cable, it may result in
damage to the connector. ◇Cable
◇ Interference
When routing cables inside a cable holder, ensure that the
and Operation
Connection
cables do not interfere with each other. This will apply stress
to the connector and the terminal, and may result in premature
disconnection. Please carefully check the cautions when using
cable holders.
◇Twisting
◇ of Cables
Configuration
Route the cables so that they do not become twisted. Premature
System
wire breaking may occur if they are bent while twisted.
After routing the wires, use the markings on the surface of the
cable to ensure that the cables are not twisted.
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
143
Peripheral Equipment For details, check the Oriental Motor website or contact the Oriental Motor
sales office. https://www.orientalmotor.co.jp/
Flexible Couplings
Coupling Types XGT2✽1
External View of Product
Coupling Type High-Damping Rubber

High-damping rubber is molded between aluminum alloy hubs in
a one-piece construction that provides zero backlash. Excellent
Overview vibration absorption, suitable for short-time high-precision
positioning operations using control system motors.
Backlash 0
Torque
Characteristics✽2 Torsional Rigidity ○
Permissible Misalignment ○
Vibration Absorber
Fastening Method Clamping
Body Aluminum Alloy
Materials Vibration Absorbers and
Fluoroelastomer
Shock Absorbers
✽ From NBK CORPORATION
✽1
✽ The legend for characteristics is as follows:
✽2
: Excellent, ○: Very good
■XGT2 Coupling (For standard type motors)

This is a single-piece construction coupling with anti-vibration rubber molded between aluminum alloy hubs.
$Product
$ Line
Product Name
XGT2-15C-□- ■
XGT2-19C-□- ■
XGT2-25C-□- ■
XGT2-27C-□- ■
XGT2-30C-□- ■
$A
$ number indicating the inner diameter of the coupling is specified where the □ and ■ boxes are located in the product name.
144
Motor Mounting Brackets
Configuration
System
Mounting brackets convenient for installing motors are available.
Pilot holes on the motor are used to allow for snug mounting. (Excluding PFB and SOL)
Motor installation screws are included. (Excluding SOL)
Product Line
PFB PAF
Specifications and
Characteristics
AC Input
PALS PALW03/ PALW0/PALW2/ PLA PLBS PLBW
PALW02 PALW4P-5/SOL
Dimensions
■Product Line
$For
$ Standard Type $For
$ HPG Geared Type
Motor Frame Motor Frame
Product Name Applicable Product Product Name Applicable Product
and Operation
Size Size
Connection
PALS03P-2 PLBS0HPG
20 mm AZM14, AZM15 42 mm AZM46
PALW03P-2 PLBW0HPG
PALS02P PLBS2HPG
60 mm AZM66
PALW02P 28 mm AZM24, AZM26 PLBW2HPG
PFB28A PLBS5HPG
90 mm AZM98
Configuration
PAF0PA PLBW5HPG
PALW0P 42 mm AZM46, AZM48
System
PFB42A $For
$ Harmonic Geared Type
PALW2P-5 60 mm AZM66, AZM69
Motor Frame
PALW4P-5 85 mm AZM98, AZM911 Product Name Applicable Product
Size
PLBS02HG
$For
$ TS Geared Type 30 mm AZM24
PLBW02HG
Product Line
Motor Frame PLBS0HG
Product Name Applicable Product 42 mm AZM46
Size PLBW0HG
SOL0B 42 mm AZM46 PLA60H
SOL2M4 60 mm AZM66 PLA60H2
60 mm AZM66
SOL5M8 90 mm AZM98 PLBS2HG
Specifications and
PLBW2HG
Characteristics
$For
$ PS Geared Type PLA90H
DC Input
PLBS5HG 90 mm AZM98
Motor Frame
Product Name Applicable Product PLBW5HG
Size
PLBS02PS
28 mm AZM24
PLBW02PS
PLBS0PS
Dimensions
42 mm AZM46
PLBW0PS
PLA60G
PLA60G2
60 mm AZM66
PLBS2PS
PLBW2PS
PLA90G
and Operation
Connection
PLA90G2
90 mm AZM98
PLBS5PS
PLBW5PS
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
145
Mounting Brackets for Connector Cover
Circuit Products
<Application Example>
This is a resin cover for protecting and securing the connected

connector part of the cable.
MADP06 <Application MAFP02 <Application #Protection
# level equivalent to IP20
Example> Example>
#It
# can even be installed after connecting the motors and drivers.
Material: SPCC #It
# is a structure to secure cables and protect lead wires.
Surface Treatment: Electroless Nickel Plating #Can
# be attached to the equipment using two mounting holes
Applicable (ϕ4.5)
Product Name Overview & Features
Product
$Prices
$
AC Input This is the installation bracket used
MADP06 Material: Nylon
Driver✽ to mount the driver to a DIN rail.
Product Name
This is a mounting bracket to screw MAC-D✽1
DC Input
MAFP02 attach DIN rail-mount drivers to a MAC-D02✽2
Driver
wall.
✽ Encoder cable, excluding AZM14, AZM15, AZM24 and AZM26
✽1
✽Ambient
✽ temperature of 40˚C or less ✽ For encoder cables
✽2
Regeneration Unit
During vertical drive (gravitational operation)
or sudden start/stop in large inertia, an
external force causes the motor to rotate
and function as a power generator. When the regenerative power
exceeds the driver's regenerative power absorption capacity, it
may cause damage to the motor.
In such a case, the regeneration unit is connected to the driver to
convert regenerative power into thermal energy for dissipation.
$Prices
$
Product Name Applicable Product
RGB100 AC Input Driver
$Specifications
$
Product Name RGB100
Continuous
50 W
Regenerative Power
Resistance Value 150 Ω
Operation: 150±7˚C
Thermal Protector
Return: 145±12˚C
Operating Temperature
(Normally closed)
120 VAC 4 A
Thermal Protector
30 VDC 4 A
Electrical Rating
(Min. current 5 mA)
$Install
$ the regeneration unit in a place that has the same heat radiation capability as the heat
sink (material: aluminum 350×350 mm, 3 mm thick).
146
Network Converters
Configuration
System
Network converters convert host communication protocol to
Oriental Motor’s original RS-485 communication protocol. A
network converter can be used to control Oriental Motor’s
RS-485-compatible products within the host communication
Product Line
environment.
NETC01-CC NETC02-CC NETC01-M2 NETC01-M3 NETC01-ECT

■Product Line
Network Type Product Name
Specifications and
Characteristics
CC-Link Ver.1.1 Compatible NETC01-CC
AC Input
CC-Link Ver.2 Compatible NETC02-CC
MECHATROLINK- NETC01-M2
Compatible
MECHATROLINK- NETC01-M3
Compatible
EtherCAT Compatible NETC01-ECT
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Configuration
System
Product Line
Specifications and
Characteristics
DC Input
Dimensions
and Operation
Connection
Equipment
Peripheral
Cables/
147

AZ Series: Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical Sensor Equipped Motor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

AZ Series: Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical Sensor Equipped Motor

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AZ Series: Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical Sensor Equipped Motor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AZ Series

Battery-Free Absolute Mechanical

● Equipped with absolute sensor. Provides battery-free absolute system

The absolute system

● . Compact, high response, high reliability, high efficiency motors

provides high Monitoring of test

activates synchronously with commands, providing high responsivity. Under an

Standard Type Network Compatible Driver FA Network Control

The driver can be controlled directly from

Frame Size 20 mm∼85 mm

High Torque, High Accuracy

Network Compatible Multi-Axis Driver FA Network Control

Linear and Rotary Actuators Equipped with AZ Series

Compact Electric Linear Cylinders Electric Gripper Rack-and-Pinion System

Newly Developed Absolute Mechanical Sensor

List Price Starting from JPY 68,200

●Multiple - Rotation Absolute System

●Home Setting Method

No External Sensors Required

●High-Speed Return-to-Home + Improved Return-to-Home Accuracy

Previous Home Detection for Control Motor Return-to-Home Operation of AZ Series

Home Position Recorded

Start Point High-speed

② Over Run the Home Point (HOME)

③ Re-enter the Home Point (HOME) Home

●External Sensor Malfunctions Have No Impact

No battery is necessary for a mechanical-type sensor.

●Operation Resumes Immediately from the

●No Battery to Replace

●Safe for Overseas Shipping

Normal (Open loop control) Overload Condition (Closed loop control)

Input Pulse Command

Excitation Sequence Control

High Response Continues Operation Even with Sudden Load Fluctuation

Holding the Stop Position without Hunting

Power Saving, Low Heat Generation

Driver Type (Driver type names)

Single-Axis Driver mini Driver Multi-Axis Driver

EtherNet/IP Compatible EtherNet/IP Compatible

PROFINET Compatible PROFINET Compatible

MECHATROLINK- Compatible RS-485 Communication Type ✽2 MECHATROLINK- Compatible

SSCNET /H Compatible SSCNET /H Compatible

Built-in Controller Type ✽2 RS-485 Communication Type ✽2

Built-in Controller Type RS-485 Communication Type

Network Compatible Driver

data can be registered.

· Control can be performed using I/O, Modbus (RTU) or

Pulse Input Type with RS-485 Communication Pulse Input Type

mini Driver Modular Automation Compatible Products

Easy Setting and Easy Operation

● Unit Setting Wizard ● Creation of Recovery Data Files

Recovery Data File

● Simplified Main Program Thanks to the Sequence Function

Various Monitoring Functions

● Status Monitor On startup ● Multi-Monitoring Compatible

① Detects the actual position

④ Displays the current load

Motor Shaft Type

Example 1: External force F (N) applied to the overhung Example 2: E

Example 1: External force F (N) applied to the overhung Example 2: E